Skip to main content

Full text of "A statistical account of the West India Islands, together with general descriptions of the Bermudas, Bay Islands, and Belize, and the Guayana colonies"

See other formats


/'■■ 

A 

STATISTICAL   ACCOUNT 

OP  THE 

WEST  INDIA  ISLANDS, 

TOGETHER  WITH 

GENERAL    DESCRIPTIONS 

OF  THE 

BERMUDAS,   BAY  ISLANDS,   AND   BELIZE, 

AND  THE 

GUAYANA  COLONIES. 

BY    RICHARD    S.    FISHER,    M.D., 

AUTHOR   OP   THE    "  PllOGUESS   OP   THE   UNITED    STATES,"    THE  "  BOOK   OF   THE   WORLD,"   ETC. 

Kllustcateti  63)  a  Weip  itita  ^utl)entic  Mn$, 

NEW   YORK: 

J.    H.     COLTON    AND     COMPANY, 

No.    172    WILLIAM    STEEET. 

*                                  1855. 

Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1S55,  by 

J.    H.    COLTON   AND    COMPANY, 

in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  the  Southern  District  of 

New  York. 


DATIE3  AND  BOBBRTS,   STBEEOTTPEBS, 

201  William  Street,  N.  Y. 


PTJDNEY  AND  KUSSELL,   PRINTEK8, 

79  John  Street,  N.  Y. 


/. 


^6. 


CONTENTS. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  WEST  INDIES : 

Geography — Geology — Climate — Botany — Zoology — Aborigines  and  present  Population — Era 
of  Prosperity— Industrial  Pursuits— Political  Arrangement,  etc Page  7-16 

!,  XTO  DOMINGO  : 

Geography— Geology— Climate— Products — History.  Empire  of  Eayti—AgncnUare — Com- 
merce— Population — Government — Faustin  I.  and  his  Court — Churches  and  Schools — Port- 
au-Prince— Cape  Haytien — Eecent  History,  etc.  T/ie  DominiGan  Republic — Provinces  and 
■^opulation-Industry— Exports  and  Imports— Government — Finances — Armed  Force— Ed- 
ucation, etc.— Santo  Domingo  City— Porto  Plata— Eecent  History 16-25 

\  SP  \NISH  ISLANDS  : 

l/«&«— Geography  and  Geology— Climate  and  Products— Extent,  Population,  etc.— Jurisdic- 
tions—Adjacent  Islands  (note)— Productive  Industry,  Agriculture,  and  Cattle  Breeding- 
Manufactures — Commerce— Railroads— Government— Public  Finances — Armed  Forces — Ed- 
ucation, Eeligion — Habana—Matanzas— Puerto  Principe— Santiago,  etc.— History,  Porto 
iSico— Geography,  etc.— Departments,  Population,  etc.— Resources,  Industry,  etc. — Govern- 
ment—Towns—Historical Account,  etc  25-35 

BRITISH  ISLANDS : 

Extent  and  General  Statistics— the  Bahama  Islands- Turk's  Island — Jamaica— the  Caymans 
—Trinidad— Tobago— Grenada— St.  Vincent— St.  Lucia— Barbadoes— Dominica— Montserrat 
— Antigua— St.  Christopher— Barbuda— Anguilla— Virgin  Islands,  etc 35-45 

FRENCH  ISLANDS : 

Guadaloupe  (^o-yerwrne^i^— Gnadaloupe— Marie-Galante— Desirade— Les  Saintes — St.  Mar- 
tin.   Martinique  Gccernment,  etc 45-48 

DUTCH  ISLANDS : 

General  Statistics— Cura^oa-Bonaire-Aruba-Saba— St.  Eustatius— St.  Martin,  etc.  .  49-51 

DANISH  ISLANDS : 

Extent  and  Population.— St.  Thomas— Santa  Cruz— St.  John,  etc 51-53 

SWEDISH  ISLAND  : 

St.  Bartholomew =        54 

GENERAL  STATISTICS  OF  THE  WEST  INDIES 54 


iv  CONTENTS 


BERMUDA  OR  SOMERS'  ISLANDS  : 

Geography — Climate,  Soil,  and  Products— Parishes— Area  and  Population — Industry— Gov- 
ernment, Education,  etc. — Public  Works — Towns — History 55-58 

BELIZE  OR  BRITISH  HONDURAS  : 

General  Description — Climate,  Soil,  Products,  etc. — Population  and  Industry — Government 
— Belize — History,  etc 58-61 

BAY  ISLANDS  : 

Eoatan,  Bonaca,  TJtilla,  Barbarat,  Helena,  and  Morat — History,  etc 61-64 

GUAYANA  COLONIES  : 

General  Description.  JBritish  Guayana — Essequibo,  Demerara,  and  Berbice.  Dutch  Ouay- 
ona— Surinam.  French  Quay  ana — Cayenne — Industry,  Population,  Government,  History, 
etc 65-68 


INDEX  TO  PLACES 


Page 

Abaco  Island 36 

AguadUla 83 

Ambergris  Key 59 

Andros  Island 36 

Anegada  Island 44 

Anguilla  Island 35,  44 

Anguillita  Island 44 

Anatto 37 

Anse-Gralet 46 

Antigua  Island 35,  43 

Antonio 37 

Arecibo 33 

Artibonite  Elver 17 

Aruba  Island 49,  50 

Aves  or  Bird  Islands . .        50 

Azua 22-24 

Azuey  Lake 17 

Bahama  Islands 35,  36 

Bahia  Honda 27 

Bani 24 

Bara9oa 27,  32 

Barbadoes  Island 35,  41 

Barbuda  Island 35,  44 

Basse-Terre 44,  45 

Batavia 67 

Bay  Islands 61 

Bayaguana 24 

Bayamo 27,32 

Bejucal 27,32 

Belize 58-61 

Berbice 65,  66 

Bermuda  Islands 55-58 

Bieque  Island 85 

Bimini  Islands 36 

Black  Eiver 37 

Bonaca  Island 62 

Boya 24 

Bridgetown 42 

Oabes-Terres .........  45 

CaboEoxo 84 

Caguas 33 

Caicos  Islands ........  86 

Calliagua 40 

Camanas  Island 44 


Page 

Cape  Hay tien 21 

Cape  Tiburon 16 

Cardenas 27 

Caroni  Eiver 38 

Castries 41 

Cat  Island 36 

Cayenne  Island 68 

Caymans  Island 35,  37 

Caymanbrac 37 

Cayo  Cocos 27 

Cayo  Guajaba 27 

Cayo  Eomano 27 

Cayo  Sal 36 

Charlestown 44 

Charlotte-Amalia. . 51 

Charlotte-Town 42 

Chris  tiansborg 53 

Christianstadt 53 

Cibao  Mountains 16 

Cienfuegos 26,  31 

Crooked  Island 36 

Cuba 25 

Culebra 35 

Cura^oa 49 

Curagoa  Chica 50 

Demerara 65,  66 

Desirade    or   Deseada 

Island 46 

Deux  Mamelles 45 

Dog  Island 44 

Dominica  Island 35-42 

Dominican  Eepublic  ..        22 

Egmont  Harbor 40 

Eleuthera  Island 86 

English  Harbor 43 

Enriquillo  Lake 17 

Essequibo 65,  66 

Exuma  Islands 36 

Fredenburg 67 

Georgetown ....  38,  39,  40,  66 

Gonaives 21 

Goyaves  Eiver 46 


Page 

Grandbourg 46 

Grand  Bahama  Island        36 

Grande-Terre 45 

Grenada  Island 35,  39 

Grenadines 39 

Green  Cayo 36 

Greenville  Bay 40 

Greater  Antilles 7 

Gros  Montague 45 

Guadaloupe  Island. ...        45 

Guana 44 

Guanabacoa 27 

Giiantanamo 27 

Guayamo 33-34 

Guayana 65 

Guayana,  Brazilian, ...        65 

Guayana,  British 66,  67 

Guayana,  Dutch 67 

Guayana,  French 68 

Guayana,  Venezuelan         65 

Guayanilla 34 

Giiines 27,32 

Gustavia 54 

Habana 27-31 

Hamilton 57 

Harbor  Island 36 

Hay  ti,  Empire  of. 19 

Helene  Island 61 

Heneague  Island 36 

Higuey 24 

Holguin 27,32 

Humacao 33 

Inagua  Islands 36 

IsladePinos 26 

Jamaica  Island 35,  86 

Jaruco 27,32 

Jews'  Town 67 

Jiguani 27 

Jos  Van  Dyke's  Island       44 

Kingston 87 

Kingstown 40 

Laborie 41 


INDEX    TO    PLACES. 


Page 

La  Carenage 54 

Lamentin  Eiver. 46 

Lesser  Antilles 7 

Les  Carmes 46 

Les  Saintes  Islands ...  46 

Lezarde  Eiver 46 

Long  Island 86 

Luc  ay  OS  Islands 7 

Magdenburg 67 

Mahault  Bay 46 

Manati 34 

Manzanillo 27,  32 

Marie-Galante 45,  46 

Mariel 27 

Martinique  Island 48 

Matanzas 27,  32 

Mayagues 33 

Monte  Christi 16 

Monte  Plata 24 

Mont  Pel6e 43 

Montserrat  Island 35,  42 

Morat 61 

Morne  Diablotin 42 

Moule 46 

Mount  Hillaby 41 

Mount  Misery 43 

Nassau 86 

Nevis  85,  44 

New  Amsterdam 66,  67 

New  Providence 36 

Neybo 24 

Nichar 44 

Nisao  River 17 

Nuevitas 27,  32 

Oistin's  Eiver 42 

Orange  Town 68 

Oropuche 88 

Ortoire 88 

Oyapok 68 

Ozama  Eiver 17 

Paramaribo 67 

Patillas 84 

Penniston  Island 44 

Penualas 34 


Page 

Pidgeon  Island 41 

Pinar  del  Eio 27 

Pinos,  Isla  de 27 

Piton  de  Bouillante  ...  45 

Plymouth 43 

Point-a-Pitre 46 

Ponce 83 

Port-au-Prince 20 

Port  Maria 37 

Port  Morant 37 

Porto  Plata 24 

Porto  Eico  Island 33 

Porto  Eico  City 34 

Portsmouth 42 

Port  Souflfriere 41 

Princestown 40 

Pj  ince  Eupert's  Bay. . .  42 

Puerto  d'Espana 89 

Puerto  Principe 27,  33 

Punta  Grande 61 

Eagged  Islands 36 

Eemedios 27,  32 

Eoatan  Island 62 

Eosario 27,  32 

Eoseau 42 

Eum  Cayo 36 

Saba  Island 49,  50 

Saguerilla 84 

Sagua 27 

St.  Anne 46 

St.  Bartholomew  Island       54 

Saintes,  Les 45,  46 

St.  Christopher  Island.  85,  43 

St.  Eastatius 49,  50 

St.  George's 57 

St.  Georgetown 40 

St.  German 83 

St.  James' 42 

St.  John  Island 51,  53 

,  St.  John 43 

St.  Louis 46 

St.  Luc^g,  Island 35,  41 

St.  Martin  Island. 45, 47,  49,  51 

St.  Pierre 48 

St.  Thomas  Island 51 

St.  Yincent  Island 35,  40 


Page 

Salinas 34 

Samana 16 

San  Antonio 27,  82 

San  Cristobal 24,  27 

San  Juan  de  Maguana.        24 

San  Nicolas 21 

San  Salvador  Island ...  86 
Santa  Anna  Harbor ...  49 
Santa  Cruz  Island  ....  51,  52 
Santa  Cruz  del  Seybo  .  22,  24 

Santiago 22,  24 

Santiago  de  Cuba 27,  32 

Santo  Domingo  Island.  16 
Santo  Domingo  City.. .  22,  23 

Santo  Espiritu 27,  82 

Savanna  la  Mar 87 

Scarboro' 39 

Seybo 24 

Sh  eckerly  Mountain ...        43 

Sierra  del  Cobre 26 

Sinnamary 68 

Souflriere 45 

Spanish  Islands 25 

Spanish  Town 37 

Speight's  Town 42 

Surinam 65,  67 

Tobago  Island 35,  39 

Tortola  Island 44,  45 

Tortuga  Island 16 

Trinidad  Island 35,  38 

Trinidad  de  Cuba 27,  32 

Tunas 27 

Turk's  Island 35 

Utilla  Island 61 

VegaEeal...., 16 

Vieux-Fort 41 

Villa-Clara 27,82 

Virgin  Gorda  Island. . .  44 
Virgin  Islands 85,  44 

Watling  Island 36 

"Wilhelmsburg 67 

Wilhelmstadt 49 

Yacki  Eiver 17 


THE  WEST  INDIES. 


The  West  Indies  consist  of  an  archipelago  of  numerous  large  and  small 
islands,  lying  in  the  wide  interval  of  sea  between  the  south  coast  of 
North  America  and  the  north  coast  of  South  America.  Their  rich  and 
varied  products,  the  high  state  of  their  cultivation,  and  the  very  singu- 
lar forms  of  society  existing  in  them,  have  rendered  them  in  modern 
times  peculiarly  interesting. 

Astronomical  and  Geographical  Position. — These  islands  extend  in  a 
species  of  curved  line,  first  east  and  then  south,  beginning  near  the  south- 
ern part  of  the  United  States  and  terminating  at  the  north-east  corner  of 
the  Spanish  Main,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Orinoco  River.  On  the  east 
and  north  they  are  bounded  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean ;  on  the  south  by  the 
Caribbean  Sea,  and  on  the  west  by  the  wide  expanse  of  the  Mexican 
Gulf,  which  in  that  direction  interposes  between  them  and  the  continent. 
They  are  situated  between  the  fifty-ninth  and  eighty-fifth  degrees  of  lon- 
gitude west  from  Greenwich,  and  between  the  parallels  of  ten  and 
twenty-eight  of  north  latitude. 

General  Description. — Geographers  have  distinguished  these  islands 
into  three  arbitrary  groups,  viz.,  the  Lucayos  or  Bahama  Islands,  the 
Greater  Antilles,  and  the  Lesser  Antilles  or  Caribbean  Islands. 

The  Lucayos  or  Bahama  Islands  consist  of  fourteen  principal  and  an 
infinite  number  of  smaller  islands  and  cayos,  extending  in  line  ofi"  the 
coast  of  Florida  to  the  island  of  San  Domingo  or  Hayti,  a  distance  of 
about  750  miles.  These  are  chiefly  of  coral  formation — low,  flat,  and 
scantily  covered  with  soil,  and  most  of  them  uninhabited.  Their  climate 
is  mild  and  agreeable,  free  alike  from  the  scorching  heats  of  the  tropics 
and  the  low  grades  of  temperature  incident  to  more  northern  regions. 

The  Greater  Antilles,  extending  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  eastward 
toward  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  consist  of  the  large  .and  fine  islands  of  Cuba, 
Santo  Domingo  or  Hayti,  Porto  Rico,  and  Jamaica,  the  position  of  which 
is  farther  west  than  either  the  Bahama  or  the  Caribbean  Islands. 

The  Lesser  Antilles  or  Caribbean  Islands,  so  called  from  the  Caribs 
or  people  inhabiting  them  when  first  discovered  by  the  Spaniards,  form 
a  long  chain  extending  in  a  curved,  line  from  Porto  Rico  to  the  Gulf  of 


THE    WEST    INDIES 


Paria.  These  are  usually  called  the  Windward  Islands.  A  smaller 
and  more  scattered  group,  ranging  along  the  coast  of  Venezuela,  belong- 
ing also  to  this  section,  is  contradistinguished  as  the  Leeward  Islands, 
English  writers,  however,  generally  apply  the  latter  name  to  the  more 
northerly  part  of  the  first  group,  extending  from  Dominica  northward  to 
the  Virgin  Islands,  restricting  the  appellation  of  Windward  Islands  to 
those  between  Dominica  and  the  island  of  Trinidad. 

Mountains  of  considerable  elevation  diversify  most  of  these  islands, 
causing  them  to  resemble  the  elevated  remains  of  a  portion  of  the  conti- 
nent which  some  convulsion  of  nature  has  overwhelmed.  Generally 
speaking,  their  interior  is  composed  of  a  range  or  group  sometimes  of 
little  more  than  a  single  mountain,  the  slopes  of  which  and  the  plain  at 
the  base  constitute  the  island.  The  most  elevated  peaks  of  the  Greater 
Antilles  exceed  8,000  feet  above  the  sea-level,  while  the  higher  summits 
in  the  Caribbean  Islands  range  in  elevation  from  3,000  to  4,000  feet. 
Most  of  these  eminences  have  evidently  been  the  seat  of  volcanic  action, 
but,  with  the  exception  of  the  Souffriere  of  Guadaloupe,  which  still  ex- 
hibits some  perturbations,  action  seems  to  have  ceased  in  all,  or  at  least 
is  now  dormant  if  not  altogether  expended.  Numerous  streams  descend 
from  these  heights  which,  though  they  do  not  attain  to  the  magnitude  of 
rivers,  yet  serve  to  irrigate  the  fine  plains  and  valleys  which  they  trav- 
erse, and  form  one  main  cause  of  the  fertility  by  which  distinguished. 
Geology,  etc. — The  Bahama  Islands,  as  far  as  known,  are  composed  of 
limestone  rock,  which  in  many  places  display  magnificent  caves.  In  Cuba 
the  lower  regions  are  composed  of  secondary  formations,  through  which 
the  rocks  of  the  primary  era  rise  in  masses  of  greater  or  lesser  extent. 
The  Copper  Mountains  seem  to  be  chiefly  formed  of  mica  slate,  but  in 
the  hills  toward  the  west,  pure  limestone  and  argillaceous  sandstone  are 
the  predominating  developments.  The  Blue  Mountain  range  of  Jamaica 
is  composed  of  transition  rocks,  as  graywacke,  associated  with  trap  rocks. 
Resting  on  these,  at  a  lower  and  lower  level,  are  red  sandstone  and  con- 
glomerate, white  marl  and  limestone,  in  some  places  intermingled  with 
traps  and  porphyries.  The  flat  count. y  on  the  south  coast  of  the  island 
is  alluvial  and  diluvial.     An  extinct  volcano  exists  at  Black  Hill. 

The  Caribbean  Islands,  geognostically  considered,  form  two  groups  : 
an  eastern  or  exterior,  of  Neptunian  formation,  and  a  western  or  interior, 
of  volcanic  formation.  The  volcanic  islands  appear  to  stand  in  immedi- 
ate connection  with  the  primitive  ranges  of  Caracas.  This  range  of 
volcanic  islands  extends  onward  in  a  curved  direction,  and  terminates  in 
a  new  primitive  chain  at  that  point  where  the  range  has  again  assumed 


THE    WEST    INDIES.  9 

the  same  direction  as  the  Silla  of  Caracas.  The  Blue  Mountains  of 
Jamaica,  the  granite  mountains  in  the  southern  part  of  Hayti  and  in 
Porto  Rico,  run  parallel  with  the  Silla,  and  they,  as  appears  on  inspect- 
ing the  map,  are  equally  a  continuation  of  the  volcanic  series  of  the 
smaller  Antilles,  as  these  are  of  the  Silla.  None  of  these  volcanoes  are 
very  lofty,  the  highest  scarcely  attaining  an  elevation  of  6,000  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  sea.  The  volcanic  islands  are  Grenada,  St,  Vincent,  St, 
Lucia,  Martinique,  Dominica,  Montserrat,  Nevis,  St,  Christopher,  and 
St.  Eustatia.  The  Neptunian  islands,  which  are  low  and  principally 
composed  of  limestone,  are  Tobago,  Barbadoes,  Marie-Galante,  Grande- 
Terre,  Deseada,  Antigua,  Barbuda,  St,  Bartholomew,  and  St,  Martin's. 
The  only  island  of  this  group  of  which  a  detailed  account  has  been  pub- 
lished is  Antigua,  It  contains  besides  the  characteristic  Neptunian 
rocks,  also  formations  of  volcanic  origin,  and  hence  may  be  considered 
as  the  connecting  link  between  the  Neptunian  and  volcanic  islands 
respectively.  The  whole  north-eastern  part  of  the  island  is  composed 
of  a  yellowish-white  earthy,  nearly  friable,  limestone,  which  in  its  upper 
strata  contains  helices  and  bulimas,  but  in  the  lower  great  abundance  of 
cerithise,  principally  inclosed  in  a  silicious  bed  of  a  dark  color,  which  is 
subordinate  to  the  limestone.  It  appears  to  belong  to  the  tertiary  era, 
and  forms  hills  from  300  to  400  feet  in  height.  The  island  is  crossed 
from  north-west  to  south-east  by  a  conglomerate  which,  in  a  clayey 
basis,  contains  many  crystals  of  felspar,  abundance  of  green  earth,  prob- 
ably disintegrated  augite,  and  masses  of  basalt,  also  of  amygdaloidal 
dolerite  or  greenstone,  lava,  hornstone,  with  impressions  of  corals  and 
numerous  pieces  of  petrified  wood,  principally  palms  and  other  tropical 
trees.  Trees  of  the  same  kind  also  occur  in  the  silicious  beds  in  the 
limestone.  The  rocks  of  this  conglomerate  are  generally  steep  toward 
the  south-west,  and  gently  inclined  toward  the  north-east.  The  lime- 
stone evidently  rests  on  this  conglomerate.  To  this  follows  in  the  south- 
western part  of  the  island  a  doleritic  basalt,  which  forms  the  greatest 
heights.  The  separation  of  these  rocks  is  accurately  in  the  direction  of 
the  volcanic  islands,  that  is,  from  north-west  to  south-east.  Hence  the 
island  of  Barbuda,  which  is  farther  rernoved  from  the  volcanic  range, 
lies  entirely  in  the  limestone  region.  The  shells  in  the  limestone  differ 
but  little  from  those  of  the  surrounding  sea ;  but  the  limestone  expands 
over  the  whole  island,  which,  although  it  is  18  miles  long  and  13^  miles 
wide,  is  nowhere  higher  than  110  feet  above  the  level.  A  basaltic  cover* 
separates  this  limestone  from  the  volcanoes ;  and  probably  these  latter, 
before  reaching  the  surface,  have  previously  forced  their  way  through 


10  THE    WEST    INDIES. 


the  basalt.  It  occurs  again  in  Tobago.  Barbadoes,  in  its  general  com- 
position, is  very  much  allied  to  Antigua,  and  the  same  would  appear  to 
be  the  case  with  St.  Bartholomew  and  St.  Martin's.  In  Deseada,  Marie- 
Galante,  and  Grande-Terre,  limestone  only  appears.  This  limestone 
extends  to  the  north  and  east  sides  of  Martinique. 

Trinidad  has  once  formed  a  portion  of  the  adjoining  continent.  The 
great  northern  range  of  mountains  that  runs  from  east  to  west,  and  is 
connected  with  the  high  land  of  Pa,ria  on  the  continent  by  the  islands  of 
the  Bocas,  consists  of  gneiss,  of  mica  slate  containing  large  masses  of 
quartz,  and  in  many  places  approaches  in  nature  of  talc  slate,  and  of 
bluish  limestone  traversed  by  veins  of  calc  spar.  From  the  foot  of  the 
mountains,  for  many  leagues  to  the  northward,  there  extends  a  low  and 
perfectly  flat  land,  evidently  formed  by  the  debris  of  the  mountains  and 
by  the  copious  tribute  of  the  waters  of  the  Orinoco  deposited  by  the  influ- 
ence of  the  currents.  The  famous  asphaltum  or  pitch  lake,  situated 
amid  a  clayey  soil,  is  about  three  miles  in  circumference,  and  in  the  wet 
season  is  sufficiently  solid  to  bear  any  weight,  but  in  hot  weather  is  often 
in  a  state  approaching  fluidity.  The  asphaltum  appears  to  be  supplied 
by  springs.  At  the  south-west  extremity  of  the  island,  between  Point 
Icacos  and  Rio  Erin,  are  small  cones  resembling  those  of  the  volcanoes 
of  air  and  mud  at  Turbaco,  in  New  Grenada,  which  are  of  the  same 
nature  with  those  of  Macalulia  and  the  Lake  Naftia  in  Sicily. 
Climate,  etc. — The  West  Indies,  except  the  more  northerly  of  the  Bahama 
Islands,  lie  within  the  tropics,  and  are  consequently  subject  to  great 
heats ;  yet  even  in  the  warm  season  the  influence  of  the  surrounding 
ocean,  the  periodically  recurring  sea-breezes,  and  the  height  of  land  in 
the  interior  of  the  islands  tend,  to  modify  the  climatic  intensity  peculiar 
to  their  geographical  position.  In  the  interior  of  the  large  islands,  in 
which  elevation  is  most  marked,  a  mild  and  delightful  temperature  is 
enjoyed  throughout  the  year,  and  several  of  the  smaller  islands  possess 
the  same  advantages.  The  lowlands,  however,  in  all  these  islands  are 
exceedingly  unhealthy,  and  endemic  influences  render  them  peculiarly 
hostile  to  the  European  constitution.  At  the  elevation  of  1,200  feet  the 
aspect  of  the  climate  is  different,  nor  is  it  liable  to  the  propagation  and 
prevalence  of  those  fevers  and  fluxes  which  prove  so  destructive  to  life 
in  the^ow  and  swampy  flats  below.  In  the  more  northerly  of  the  islands 
even  ice  is  sometimes  formed,  but  snow  has  never  been  known  to  fall. 
'The  year,  as  in  most  tropical  countries,  may  be  divided  into  two  seasons  • 
— the  wet  and  the  dry,  though  there  is  sufficient  to  mark  the  four  sea- 
sons of  more  temperate  climates.     The  spring  may  be  said  to  commence 


THE    WEST    INDIES.  11 

in  April,  when  the  fields  put  forth  their  verdant  appearance.  From  May 
to  October  the  tropical  summer  reigns  in  all  its  intensity.  The  sea- 
breeze,  however,  which  sets  in  at  noon,  greatly  moderates  the  tempera- 
ture. The  mean  height  of  the  thermometer  at  this  season  is  80°  Fahr. 
The  nights  are  beautiful,  and  are  tempered  by  the  land-breeze,  which 
blows  gently  off  the  shore  from  about  10  o'clock  until  daybreak.  With 
October  commence  the  autumnal  rains,  when  the  waters  pour  down  in 
torrents.  These  continue  until  December,  between  which  and  April 
serene  and  pleasant  weafher  prevails.  The  trade  winds  blow  from  an 
easterly  direction  from  December  to  June.  August  is  the  season  of  hur- 
ricanes, which  frequently  devastate  whole  islands.  These  rarely,  how- 
ever, occur  in  Cuba,  and  are  almost  unknown  in  Trinidad. 
Botany,  etc. — The  splendor  and  rich  variety  of  the  vegetation  of  the  West 
Indies  is  the  theme  of  every  traveler,  and  give  to  the  islands  an  import- 
ant position  in  an  industrial  point  of  view.  To  their  valuable  native 
plants,  art  and  industry  have  added  others  not  less  valuable.  So  fine 
are  the  climate  and  soil,  that  tropical  plants  from  all  parts  of  the  world 
are  readily  cultivated.  All  the  beauties  which  nature  has  lavished  on 
the  equinoctial  world  are  here  displayed  in  their  fairest  and  most  majes- 
tic forms.  On  every  side  innumerable  palms  of  various  genera,  the 
cocoa-nut,  date,  cabbage  palm,  etc.,  whose  leaves  curl  like  plumes,  shoot 
up  majestically  their  bare  and  even  columns ;  and  high  above  the  rocky 
summit  of  the  hills  the  tree  ferns  appear,  while  convolvuli  and  other 
creepers  have  climbed  their  high  stems  and  suspended  their  painted  gar- 
lands. Scarcely  can  the  beholder  of  such  scenery  define  what  most 
excites  his  admiration,  the  individual  beauty  or  the  contrast  of  forms, 

" or  that  eternal  spring 

Which  here  enamels  everything," 

and  calls  forth  a  luxuriance  of  vegetable  life.  The  ground  is  overloaded 
with  plants  which  have  scarcely  room  for  their  development.  The  trunks 
of  the  older  trees  are  everywhere  covered  with  a  thick  drapery  of  ferns, 
mosses,  and  orchid  plants,  which  diffuse  into  the  air  the  richest  odors, 
and  almost  conceal  from  sight  the  noble  stems  that  uphold  them.  Vari- 
ous plants  .of  humble  growth,  and  which  love  humidity,  display  their 
beautiful  verdure  on  the  edges  of  the  streams,  and  are  sheltered  by  the 
wide-spreading  arms  of  the  mango,  the  mahogany  tree,  the  teak,  mimo- 
sas, and  other  woods  remarkable  for  their  stateliness,  and  clothed  in 
the  wild  and  magnificent  pomp  so  characteristic  of  the  tropics.  Here 
and  there,  as  if  for  contrast,  huge  masses  of  trap,  blackened  by  the 
action  of  the. atmosphere  and  decayed  tremellae,  present  themselves — 


12  THE    WEST    INDIES. 

those  blocks  which  in  colder  climates  would  be  doomed  to  eternal  bar- 
renness, or  at  most  would  only  nourish  the  pale  and  sickly  lichen,  here 
give  support  to  creeping  plants  of  every  form,  which  cover  with  yellow, 
green,  and  crimson  the  sides  of  the  sable  rock.  In  their  crevices  the 
succulent  species  are  daily  renewed  and  prepare  a  soil  for  larger  ten- 
ants ;  from  their  summits  the  "old  man's  beard"  and  similar  plants, 
which  seem  to  draw  their  nourishment  from  the  air,  hang  pendent,  float- 
ing like  tattered  drapery  at  the  pleasure  of  the  winds.  And  here  rises 
the  wild  fig-tree,  one  of  the  gigantic  productions  of  the  torrid  zone.  The 
huge  limbs  of  this  tree,  covered  with  perpetual  verdure,  throw  down 
often  from  a  height  of  80  or  90  feet  a  colony  of  suckers  of  every  possible 
size,  from  that  of  pack-thread  to  the  vast  cable  of  a  ship,  withoift  any 
visible  increase  in  their  diameter  and  without  a  joint.  These,  reaching 
the  ground,  become  other  trees,  but  still  remain  united — a  happy  symbol 
of  the  strength  which  proceeds  of  union.  At  other  times  the  suckers, 
blown  about  by  the  winds,  are  entangled  about  some  neighboring  trunk 
or  rock,  which  they  surround  with  a  network  of  the  firmest  texture,  as 
if  the  hand  of  man  had  been  employed.  Here  may  also  be  seen  the 
precious  nutmeg,  exposing  in  the  centre  of  its  bursting  drupe  the  seed 
surrounded  by  the  crimson  mace;  the  cassia,  w^ith  its  pendent  pods; 
the  magnificent  lagerstroemia,  displaying  one  extended  sheet  of  lovely 
blossoms  :  the  cannon-ball  tree,  with  its  sweet  and  painted  flowers,  scat- 
tering its  fetid  fruit  so  much  resembling  the  fatal  shell  that  it  might  be 
supposed  that  a  company  of  artillery  had  bivouacked  in  its  shade;  the 
calabash,  with  its  large,  green  pericarp ;  the  screw  pine,  with  its  fruit 
carved  in  rude  and  curious  workmanship,  with  numerous  others  in  infi- 
nite variety.  Various  fruits  transplanted  from  the  islands  of  Asia  and 
other  distant  lands  or  the  Antilles  are  mingled  together,  and  attract  by 
their  gaudy  flowers  the  humming-bird  to  their  covert.  The  bread-fruit 
of  the  Friendly  Islands,  and  the  jack  of  India,  bearing  ponderous  fruit  of 
60  or  70  pounds  in  weight,  are  here ;  and  here,  too,  is  the  vanilla,  with  its 
long  suckers  ;  the  black  pepper  of  Asia ;  the  passiflora  and  the  solandra, 
mingling  their  blossoms,  while  the  agave  throws  up  its  princely  column 
of  fructification  from  a  host  of  spears.  Innumerable  cacti  and  euphor- 
bioB,  covered  with  fruit  and  flowers,  give  variety  to  the  scene.  At  every 
step  plants  remarkable  for  their  beauty  or  fragrance  ornament  the  path. 
By  the  side  of  the  rivulets  rise  large  clusters  of  the  bamboo.  Nothing 
can  exceed  the  beauty  of  this  arborescent  grass,  which  rises  to  the  height 
of  60  or  80  feet,  waving  its  light  and  graceful  foliage  at  every  breath  of 
the  wind.     The  sago  and  several  kindred  plants,  so  valuable  for  their 


THE    WEST    INDIES.  13 


nutritious  fecula,  are  scattered  about.  The  arrow-root,  the  papaw,  the 
cashew,  the  banana,  the  plantain,  and  a  thousand  other  rare,  valuable, 
or  ornamental  trees,  shrubs,  and  plants,  with  a  great  variety  of  medicinal 
roots  and  herbs — such  betoken  the  wealth  of  vegetation  in  these  islands. 
Zoology,  etc. — The  zoological  productions  of  the  West  Indies  have  been 
but  little  attended  to.  Botanists  of  nearly  every  nation  have  visited  and 
explored  the  principal  islands  that  the  conservatories  of  the  great  might 
be  decked  with  blooming  exotics ;  but  as  regards  zoology,  a  full  century 
has  elapsed  without  any  addition  being  made  to  the  antiquated  history 
of  Sir  Hans  Sloane  on  the  animal  productions  of  these  islands.  Of  the 
native  quadrupeds,  many  have  no  doubt  been  exterminated  by  civiliza- 
tion; and  although  we  have  no  good  data  to  base  the  surmise  upon,  it 
may  be  supposed  that  cavies,  armadilloes,  and  other  smaller  quadrupeds, 
still  exist  in  the  woody  and  less  cultivated  districts  of  the  interior.  The 
agouti,  although  once  common,  is  now  only  met  with  in  the  less  culti- 
vated islands.  Some  wild  boars  are  still  found ;  otherwise  the  quadru- 
peds are  represented  only  by  monkeys  and  the  vermin  species.  The  bird 
tribes  belong  to  the  same  families  and  in  numerous  instances  to  the  same 
species  as  those  of  the  neighboring  parts  of  the  continent,  and,  indeed, 
most  of  the  North  American  summer  birds  pass  their  winters  in  these 
regions.  The  mocking-bird  of  the  United  States  visits  Cuba  and  Ja- 
maica, and  the  Brazilian  motmot  inhabits  as  far  north  as  the  Bahama 
Islands.  Trinidad,  however,  appears  to  be  the  chief  island  for  birds ', 
the  ruby-topaz,  the  ruff-necked  and  the  emerald-crested  humming-birds 
are  particvrlarly  splendid ;  the  crimson-throated  maize-bird,  the  Mexi- 
can hang-nest,  and  the  red-headed  tanagar  are  also  found  in  this  island. 
Turkey-vultures  of  large  size  and  entirely  black  are  not  uncommon. 
Wading  and  swimming  birds  have  the  same  general  character  as  those 
of  the  adjacent  mainland.  Pelicans,  herons,  flamingoes,  and  other  well- 
known  birds  haunt  the  salt  marshes,  while  the  jacana  and  Martinico 
gallinule  are  common  in  fresh-water  swamps.  Serpents  and  reptiles  of 
infinite  variety  are  exceedingly  prolific.  The  guana  lizard,  sometimes 
five  feet  long,  and  the  green  turtle,  so  prized  by  epicures,  both  form 
articles  of  food,  and  by  some  the  lizard  is  thought  to  be  as  great  a  deli- 
cacy as  the  turtle.  The  marine  fionehiferous  animals  are  few,  and  when 
compared  with  those  of  the  Indian  Archipelago  sink  into  insignificance. 
The  largest  are  the  horned  helmet  and  the  strombus  gigas,  the  shells  of 
which  are  much  esteemed  for  mantel-piece  ornaments.  Those  inhabit- 
ing the  land,  on  the  contrary,  are  much  more  numerous  than  in  Asia. 
Jamaica,  in  particula^r,  produces  a  great  variety.     It  is  a  general  remark 


14    ■  THE    WEST    INDIES. 

that  insects  are  much  less  numerous  on  islands  than  upon  continents, 
and  the  West  Indies  fully  confirms  this  fact,  The  islands,  however,  are 
by  no  means  destitute  of  these  interesting  animals.  The  mosquito,  bugs 
of  various  kinds,  cockroaches,  centipedes,  ants,  chigoes,  etc.,  are  as 
abundant  as  the  convenience  and  comfort  of  the  inhabitants  could  well 
require.  The  chigo  is  a  dangerous  animal,  and  frequently,  by  burrow- 
ing under  the  skin,  produces  inflammation,  and  frequently  mortification. 

Aborigines,  Present  Inhabitants,  etc. — The  original  inhabitants  of 
these  islands  have  long  been  extinct,  except  a  small  remnant  which  still 
exists  on  the  islands  of  St.  Vincent  and  Trinidad.  When  discovered,  a 
dense  population  covered  these  prolific  regions,  but  the  barbarities  of  the 
Europeans  in  a  short  space  of  time  destroyed  these  unhappy  people,  Sup- 
plying their  places  with  the  no  less  unhappy  African.  Cuba  and  the 
other  large  islands  were  found  in  possession  of  the  Arrowauks,  a  peace- 
ful and  timid  race  that  soon  submitted  to  the  invader.  The  inhabitants 
of  the  Lesser  Antilles,  on  the  contrary,  were  the  warlike  and  vigorous 
Caribs,  who  resisted  the  sway  of  the  Europeans  to  the  last.  The  pres- 
ent population  is  composed  of  Europeans  and  their  descendants,  the 
Creoles ;  of  the  African  races,  and  of  mixed  races  sprung  from  an  indef- 
inite amalgamation  of  all  races.  These  last  are  of  every  variety  of  color 
and  complexion,  and  are  variously  classed  as  mulattoes,  quadroons,  etc., 
according  to  the  preponderance  of  caste.  There  is  still  another  class, 
lately  introduced  into  the  British  islands  under' the  name  of  coolies^  who 
originate  in  the  mountains  of  Asia,  and  are  imported  as  free  laborers, 

J  under  stringent  regulations.  These  are  introduced  to  supply  the  places 
of  the  recently  emancipated  slave  population,  which,  it  is  said,  has  be- 
come totally  debased,  and  a  burden  upon  the  colonists,  their  former 
^masters.  The  black  races,  however,  form  the  most  numerous  class  in 
all  the  islands,  and  on  an  average  about  three-fourths  of  the  whole  pop- 
ulation. This  class  is  now  free  in  all  the  British  islands,  slavery  having 
been  abolished  some  twenty  years  ago ;  it  has  also  been  abolished  or 
greatly  modified  in  the  Dutch  and  French  islands ;  but  in  Cuba  and  Porto 
Rico  the  slaves  yet  form  about  two-thirds  of  the  negro  population.  In  St. 
Domingo  the  condition  of  the  races  is  anomalous,  and  though  the  people 
are  nominally  free  and  independent,  the  most  arbitrary  and  extravagant 
exactions  and  impositions  render  their  condition  far  more  deplorable  than 
it  could  have  been  under  the  worst  forms  of  slavery ;  ruin  and  barbarism 
are  engulfing  the  prosperity  and  energies  of  all  classes,  and  already  it 
has  become  a  prey  to  military  despotism. 

Era  of  Prosperity. — An  uncommon  measure  of  prosperity  and  wealth 


THE    WEST    INDIES.  15 

was  for  a  long  period  enjoyed  by  these  islands.  During  the  last  century  . 
they  supplied  almost  exclusively  sugar,  coffee,  and  other  articles,  the 
use  of  which  had  become  general  over  the  civilized  world.  After  the 
French  revolution  and  that  of  San  Domingo,  the  islands  belonging  to 
Great  Britain  became  ajmost  the  sole  quarter  whence  Europe  was  fur- 
nished with  West  India  produce.  Since  the  peace  of  Europe  many  things 
have  tended  to  reverse  the  prosperity  of  the  "West  India  Islands,  and  not 
least  among  these  is  the  depression  which  usually  follows  over-produc- 
tion, and  the  competition  which  has  sprung  up  in  both  North  and  South 
America  and  other  parts  of  the  globe.  In  the  British  islands  the  change  | 
of  social  relations  and  the  policy  pursued  by  the  mother  country  have  I 
no  doubt  been  powerful  agencies  in  depression.  England  had  for  a  long  ' 
period  stimulated  production  by  bounties  and  protection,  and  ijnder  this 
system  the  islands  had  attained  an  enviable  prosperity.  The  withdrawal 
of  this  protection  was  necessarily  their  death-blow,  but  the  sacrifice  was 
necessary  to  the  general  welfare  of  the  empire,  and  its  continuance 
would  have  been  fraught  with  much  commercial  disaster.  The  pros- 
perity of  the  West  Indies  must  now  depend  on  the  energies  of  the  peoplel 
themselves  and  their  ability  to  compete  with  other  producing  countries, 
and  especially  with  those  employing  slave-labor. 
Industrial  Pursuits,  etc. — The  industry  of  the  West  Indies  is  confined 
to  agriculture  and  commerce.  Manufactures,  from  the  peculiar  state  of 
(  society  in  these  islands  scarcely  exist,  even  in  the  humblest  form  for 
domestic  use.  Hence  commerce  is  carried  on  to  a  much  greater  extent 
than  in  any  other  country  of  the  same  wealth  and  population.  Almost 
every  product  of  West  Indian  labor  is  destined  for  foreign  markets,  or 
those  of  the  mother  country,  from  which  in  return  those  islands  receive 
all  their  clothing  and  a  great  portion  of  their  daily  food,  besides  all  their 
machinery  and  even  the  ordinary  manufactures  required  for  household 
purposes.  The  staples  of  production  are  coffee,  sugar,  molasses,  rum, 
spices,  etc.  Besides  the  commerce  carried  on  with  Europe,  an  extensive 
connection  is  maintained  with  the  United  States  and  British  America. 
Political  Arrangement.— The  several  islands  are  either  independent  or 
colonies  of  European  nations,  and  are  politically  distributed  as  follows  : 

Independent. — San  Domingo,  occupied  by  the  Empire  of  Hayti  and  the 
Republic  of  Dominica. 

Spanish  Colonies. — Cuba,  Porto  Rico,  etc. 

British  Colonies. — Jamaica,  the  Bahamas,  the  Virgin  Islands,  Barbuda, 
St.  Christopher's,  Antigua,  Monserrat,  Dominica,  St.  Lucia,  St.  Vincent,. 
Barbadoes,  Grenada,  Tobago,  Trinidad,  etc. 


16  THE    WEST    INDIES  — SANTO    DOMINGO. 

French  Colonies. — Guadaloupe  and  Martinique,  with  dependencies. 

Dutch  Colonies.— Cur&coa.  and  dependencies. 

Danish  Colonies. — Santa  Cruz,  St.  John's,  and  St.  Thomas. 

Swedish  Colony. — St.  Bartholomew's. 

These  states  and  colonies  are  further  and  severally  considered. 


SANTO    DOMINGO. 

Santo  Domingo  or  Hayti  is  one  of  the  richest  and  most  beautiful  of  the 
West  India  Islands,  and  after  Cuba  the  largest.  It  is  situate  between 
latitudes  17°  36^  and  19°  59^  north,  and  longitudes  68°  20^  and  74°  28^ 
west  from  Greenwich ;  and  in  i,ts  greatest  extent  is  a*bout  396  miles  long, 
and  in  its  broadest  part  163  miles  wide.  Area,  including  the  islands 
Tortuga,  Gonaive,  etc.,  27,690  square  miles. 

General  Description. — The  island  is  very  irregular  in  outline^  being 
deeply  indented  by  bays  and  inlets,  and  having  corresponding  projec- 
tions. The  most  conspicuous  of  these  are — the  Bay  of  Gonaive,  in  the 
west,  formed  between  two  extensive  peninsulas,  and  that  of  Samana,  in 
the  east,  between  the  peninsula  of  the  same  name  and  the  main  island. 
The  main  is  intersected  east  and  west  by  three  mountain  chains,  all 
mutually  connected  by  offsets ;  a,nd  between  these  are  extensive  valleys, 
plains,  and  savannahs.  The  principal  central  chain,  which  contains  the 
culminating  peaks — of  which  Cibao,  7,200  feet  high,  is  the  loftiest — 
commences  at  Cape  San  Nicolas,  in  the  north-west,  takes  an  east-south- 
east direction,  and  terminates  at  Cape  Engario,  the  eastern  extremity  of 
.  the  island.  Nearly  parallel  with  this  chain  another,  commencing  near 
Monte  Christi,  nearly  skirts  the  north  coast  till  it  terminates  abruptly 
on  approaching  the  so-called  peninsula  of  Samana;  and  is  succeeded  by 
low,  marshy  grounds,  interlaced  by  estuaries  and  channels,  which  sep- 
erate  Samana  from  the  main.  The  heights,  however,  reappear  on  the 
opposite  side  of  the  low  grounds  and  terminate  in  Cape  Samana.  The 
third  or  south  mountain  range  commences  at  Cape  Tiburon,  the  south- 
west end  of  the  island,  extends  eastward  along  the  southern  peninsula, 
and  terminates  at  the  river  Neiva,  about  80  miles  west  of  the  city  of  Santo 
Domingo.  The  most  extensive  plains  are — those  of  La  Vega  Real, 
between  the  north  and  central  ranges,  and  watered  by  the  Yacki  and 
Yuma  •  the  llanos  or  flats,  east  of  the  Neiva  and  south  of  the  mountains 
to  the  coast ;  and  the  plains  of  Artibonite  in  the  west. 

All  the  streams  of  any  importance  originate  in  the  central  mountains, 
and,  as  may  be  inferred  from  the  general  direction  of  these,  have  either 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — SANTO    DOMINGO.  17 

an  east  or  west  or  south  course — no  stream  of  consequence  flowing  north. 
The  principal  are — the  Artibonite,  flowing  west,  and  the  Monte  Christi 
or  North  Yacki,  north-west ;  the  Yuma,  flowing  south-east,  and  the 
Neiva  or  South  Yacki,  the  Nisao,  and  the  Ozama,  flowing  south.  They 
are  all  encumbered  at  their  mouths  with  sand-bars,  and  hence  few  of 
them  are  navigable  even  for  short  distances.  The  Ozama,  however, 
admits  vessels  drawing  12  feet  of  water.  In  the  sonth-west  there  are 
several  considerable  lakes,  viz.,  the  salt  lakes  of  Enriquillo  and  Azuey 
— the  former,  in  the  valley  of  the  Neiva,  about  20  miles  long  by  8  miles 
broad,  and  the  latter  about  10  by  6  miles ;  and  south  of  these  the  fresh- 
water lake  of  Icotea  or  Limon,  about  the  size  of  Lake  Azuey. 

Little  is  known  of  the  geological  structure  of  the  island,  but  a  lime- 
stone containing  vestiges  of  marine  shells  is  the  prevailing  formation. 
Mineral  springs  exist  in  several  parts — the  most  noted  in  the  eastern 
part  of  the  island  are  those  of  Banica,  Biahama,  Yaya,  and  Pargatal ; 
and  in  the  west  the  chalybeate  of  St.  Rose,  the  saline  of  Jean  Rabel,  and 
the  alkaline  sulphur  waters  of  Dalmarie.  The  mineral  products  are 
various  and  rich,  and  include  gold,  platina,  silver,  quicksilver,  copper, 
iron,  tin,  sulphur,  manganese,  antimony,  rock-salt,  bitumen,  jasper,  mar- 
ble, opal,  lazulite,  chalcedony,  etc.  The  gold  mines  of  the  Cibao 
Mountains,  which  in  the  sixteenth  century  were  very  productive,  have 
been  abandoned,  and  at  the  present  day  gold  is  obtained  only  from  the 
washings  in  the  northern  rivers.  None  of  the  mines,  indeed,  are  suc- 
cessfully worked,  and  hence  these  sources  of  wealth  are  reserved  for  the 
industry  of  future  generations. 

Santo  Domingo,  as  a  whole,  is  one  of  the  healthiest  of  the  West  India 
Islands,  and  this  may  more  especially  be  said  of  its  northern  coast-region 
and  the  more  elevated  localities  of  the  interior.  The  Vega  Real  is  famed 
for  its  salubrity.  Hurricanes  occur  seldomer  than  in  the  Caribbean 
Islands;  nor  are  earthquakes  frequent,  although  on  several  occasions 
they  have  done  extensive  damage.  The  most  notable  on  record  are 
those  which  occurred  in  1564,  1684,  1691,  1751,  1770,  and  1842;  by 
that  of  1751  Port-au-Prince  was  destroyed,  and  about  60  miles  of  coast 
submerged,  and  by  that  of  1842  towns  were  overwhelmed  and  thousands 
of  lives  lost.  Nowhere  is  tropical  vegetation  seen  to  greater  advantage. 
Majestic  pines,  mahogany  trees,  fustic,  satin-wood,  and  lignum-vitse 
clothe  the  mountains,  and  furnish  the  principal  exports  of  the  southern 
provinces.  The  roble  or  oak,  the  wax-palm,  divi-divi,  numerous  fine 
cabinet  woods,  and  the  richest  flowering  plants  abound;  and  the  usual 
tropical  vegetables — plantains,   bananas,   yams,   batatas;   and  fruits — 


18  THE    WEST    INDIES  — SANTO    DOMINGO. 

oranges,  pine- apples,  cherimoyas,  sapodillas,  with  melons  and  grapes 
yield  a  plentiful  return.  The  staple  cultivated  products  are — coffee, 
sugar,  indigo,  cotton,  tobacco,  and  cocoa.  The  western  section  of  the 
island  has  always  been  the  best  cultivated.  The  native  quadrupeds  are 
small — the  largest  not  bigger  than  a  rabbit  •  but  the  animals  introduced 
from  Europe,  and  now  in  a  wild  state,  have  thriven  prodigiously — large 
ULimbers  of  cattle",  pigs,  and  dogs  now  roaming  freely  in  the  savannahs 
and  in  the  mountain  forests.  Birds  are  neither  numerous  in  specie  nor 
remarkable  in  appearance ;  still  great  numbers  of  pigeons  are  annually 
taken  and  consumed  as  food,  and  ducks  in  large  quantities  and  other 
swimmers  and  waders  frequent  the  marshy  places.  The  lakes  and  rivers 
contain  caymans  and  alligators,  and  in  the  neighboring  seas  whales 
are  common  in  the  spring  season ;  and  green  and  hawksbill  turtles,  lob- 
sters, and  crabs  abound  on  the  coasts. 
Historical  Sketch. — This  island  was  discovered  by  Columbus  in  1492, 
and  here,  at  Isabella,  on  the  north  shore  of  the  island,  the  discoverer 
founded  the  first  Spanish  colony  in  the  New  World.  The  colonists  having 
at  an  early  period  exterminated  the  aboriginal  tribes,  now  initiated  the 
introduction  of  African  slaves.  After  the  conquest  of  Peru,  many  of 
the  settlers  emigrated  to  South  America,  and  the  remainder,  fearing  the 
escape  of  their  slaves,  withdrew  to  the  interior.  In  1630  the  French, 
who  had  been  driven  from  St.  Christopher's,  settled  in  the  western  part 
of  the  island,  which  the  Spaniards  had  deserted,  and  there  finding 
abunda'Tce  of  cattle  and  hogs,  drove  a  thriving  trade  in  skins  and  smoked 
flesh.  Ultimately  the  island  of  Tortuga  and  part  of  the  mainland  were 
claimed  by  the  French  settlers  for  their  king,  and  by  treaty  with  Spain, 
1777,  the  west  part  of  the  island  was  guaranteed  to  France.  From  this 
period  to  1789  the  new  colony  rapidly  expanded,  and  in  the  latter  year 
was  in  its  most  flourishing  state.  In  the  meanwhile  the  Spanish  colony, 
now  confined  to  the  eastern  portion,  rapidly  declined.  In  1790  the  pop- 
ulation of  French  Hayti  was  estimated  at  540,000,  and  consisted  of  three 
classes — Europeans  :  negroes,  nearly  all  slaves  ]  and  people  of  color,  the 
offspring  of  the  two  former  races.  Many  of  the  latter  were  free-born,  or 
had  obtained  their  liberty,  and  likewise  had  enjoyed  a  liberal  education, 
but  nevertheless  were  excluded  from  political  privileges.  On  the  out- 
break of  the  French  revolution  a  contest  ensued  between  the  colored 
people  and  the  whites — the  former  claiming  political  equality.  A  petty, 
but  sanguinary  war  ensued,  until  the  slave  population,  also  rising,  join- 
ed the  colored  people  and  completely  subdued  the  whites.  The  whole 
island,  including  the  Spanish  portion,   which  had  been  ceded  to  the 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — SANTO    DOMINGO.  ^^ 

French  in  1794,  ultimately  fell  under  the  power  of  the  negro  chief, 
Toussaint  L'Ouverture,  the  first  president  of  the  Haytian  Republic. 
He  was  afterward  betrayed  into  the  hands  of  the  French,  who  had  dis- 
patched an  army  to  Hayti,  with  a  view  of  regaining  the  position  they 
had  lost  in  the  island;  but  after  some  partial  successes  they  were 
permanently  expelled,  and  in  1801  the  colony  was  declared  independ- 
ent, and  its  Spanish  name  of  Santo  Domingo  replaced  by  its  indig- 
enous one  of  Hayti,  meaning  the  mountainous  country.  In  1808  the 
eastern  portion  was  restored  to  Spain,  through  the  instrumentality  of 
England.  Contentions  for  power  succeeded  among  the  various  leaders 
of  the  young  republic,  the  darkest  atrocities  were  committed  and  much 
blood  shed — limited,  however,  chiefly  to  the  French  portion  of  the  island. 
In  1821  the  Spanish  portion  declared  itself  independent,  and  assumed 
the  name  of  Spanish  Hayti ;  but  it  was  soon  subjected  by  Boyer,  the 
president  of  French  Hayti,  and  the  whole  island  was  again  brought  under 
one  government.  In  1842  a  revolution  broke  out  and  Boyer  was  com- 
pelled to  flee;  and  in  1844  the  inhabitants  of  the  Spanish  portion  rose, 
overpowered  the  Haytians,  and  formed  themselves  into  a  republic  under 
the  name  of  Santo  Domingo. 

THE  EMPIRE  OF  HAYTI. 
Hayti  occupies  the  west  end  of  the  island  already  described,  and  corre- 
sponds in  territory  with  the  portion  formerly  belonging  to  the  French, 
including  the  islands  of  Tortuga,  Gonaive,  etc.  The  east  boundary, 
toward  the  Dominican  Republic,  is  formed  by  an  irregular  line  drawn 
north  and  south  from  the  river  Anses-a-Pitre  or  Pedernales,  on  the  south 
coast,  about  long.  71°  50^  west,  to  the  mouth  of  the  river  Massacre, 
which  flows  into  the  Bay  of  Manzanilla,  about  10  miles  south-west  from 
Cape  Haytien.     The  area  is  about  10,081  square  miles. 

The  country,  as  signified  in  its  name,  and  as  seen  by  the  preceding 
account  of  the  island,  is  mountainous,  interspersed  with  rich,  fertile 
plains  and  valleys,  is  well  watered,  and  yields  spontaneously  many  val- 
uable products,  and  among  these  may  be  especially  mentioned  fine  tim- 
ber of  various  kinds,  dye-woods,  and  drugs.  Agriculture,  however,  on 
which  it  must  greatly  depend  for  prosperity,  is  conducted  indifferently, 
and  prosecuted  without  vigor.  The  cultivated  staples  are  coffee,  sugar, 
tobacco,  etc.,  and  in  a  minor  degree  cocoa,  indigo,  cotton,  etc.  No  man- 
ufactures beyond  the  handicrafts  immediately  required  in  every  popula- 
tion are  engaged  in  ;  and  even  in  the  products  of  agriculture  the  amounts 
annually  brought  to  market  have  vastly  diminished  since  the  expulsion 


20  THE    WEST    INDIES  — SANTO    DOMINGO. 

of  the  French — the  exportation  of  sugar  having  entirely  ceased,  and  that 
of  coffee  has  become  comparatively  limited.  The  exports  of  the  princi- 
pal products  of  the  colony  the  last  year  of  French  dominion  v^-ere — clayed 
sugars,  47,516,531  pounds,  and  muscovado  sugar,  93,573,300  pounds; 
coffee,  76,835,219  pounds,  and  cotton,  7,004,274  pounds.  In  1851  the 
amount  of  coffee  exported  was  only  43,000,000  pounds,  and  of  cotton 
1,200,000  pounds.  The  remaining  exports  w^ere  made  up  of  logwood, 
mahogany,  tobacco,  cigars,  ginger,  beeswax,  etc.,  and  with  these  the 
value  of  exported  articles  amounted  to  not  more  than  five  million  dollars. 
The  imports  comprise  British  manufactures  of  all  kinds  ]  French  wines, 
liquors,  silks,  etc. ;  German  linen  fabrics,  woolens,  bagging,  wines,  and 
mineral  waters,  and  American  lumber,  staves,  naval-stores,  provisions, 
etc.,  in  all  valued  at  less  than  three  million  dollars. 

The  Empire  is  divided  into  six  departments,  subdivided  into  arrondis- 
sements  and  communes  :  and  the  population,  chiefly  negroes,  is  estimated 
at  572,000.  By  the  constitution  of  1843  the  sovereign  power  was  rec- 
ognized to  be  in  the  people ;  the  executive  was  placed  in  the  hands  of  a 
president ;  the  legislative  in  a  chamber  of  commons  and  a  senate — the 
former  consisting  of  one  or  more  representatives  from  each  commune 
elected  for  three  years,  and  the  latter  of  six  for  each  department  elected 
for  four  years,  and  termed  collectively  the  national  assembly ;  and  the 
judicial  power  was  placed  in  a  high  court  of  cassation,  being  the  highest 
tribunal  of  appeals,  with  various  subsidiary  and  initiatory  courts.  The 
laws  are  based  on  the  code  civil  of  France.  The  whole  patronage,  civil 
and  military,  being  in  the  hands  of  the  president,  Soulouque  the  then 
incumbent  dispensed  it  in  such  a  manner  as  to  enable  him  in  1849  to 
have  his  title  of  president  changed  into  that  of  emperor,  and  to  have  the 
constitution  altered  to  suit  the  circumstances;  and  shortly  after  he  sur- 
rounded himself  by  a  court  o^ princes  of  the  blood,  dukes,  counts,  barons, 
and  two  orders  of  knighthood — that  of  St.  Faustin  and  a  legion  of  honor. 
The  emperor  himself  took  the  style  of  Faustin  I.  The  force  of  the  Hay- 
tian  army  is  stated  at  28,000  or  30,000  men,  but  of  these  about  one-half 
only  are  considered  effective.  The  people  profess  the  Roman  Catholic 
religion,  but  others  are  tolerated.  Church  affairs  are  superintended  by 
a  vicar- general.  In  every  parish  a  school  on  the  Lancasterian  system  is 
maintained,  or  at  least  should  be.  In  1854  there  were  in  the  state  62 
such  schools  and  4  colleges,  and  in  these  about  9,000  or  10,000  pupils. 

The  principal  towns  in  the  Empire  are  Port-au-Prince,  Cape  Haytien, 
Gonaives,  Jacmel,  Cayes,  etc.  Port-au-Prince  (or  Port  Republicain)  is 
the  capital  and  principal  sea-port.     It  is  situate  at  the  head  of  the  Bay 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — SANTO    DOMINGO.  21 

of  Gonaives,  and  in  lat.  18°  35^  north,  and  long.  72°  18^  west.  Popula- 
tion 10.000.  The  principal  edifices  are — the  palace,  which  has  some 
architectural  excellence,  and  the  churches,  arsenal,  mint,  lyceum,  mili- 
tary hospital,  etc.  The  vicinity  is  marshy  and  climate  unhealthy. 
Most  of  the  foreign  trade  centres  here.  Gonaives^  65  miles  north-north- 
west of  Port-au-Prince,  and  on  the  north-east  extremity  of  the  bay  of  the 
same  name,  has  an  excellent  harbor,  but  is  not  much  frequented.  Pop- 
ulation 4,000.  Cape  Haytien  is  the  principal  port  on  the  north  side  of 
the  island,  and  was  on  several  occasions  the  capital.  Population  from 
8,000  to  9,000.  St.  Nicolas  is  situate  at  the  extremity  of  a  deep  bay, 
formed  by  the  cape  of  the  same  name  and  the  mainland.  The  principal 
ports  in  the  south  lie  on  the  south  shore  of  the  south-western  peninsula. 
Of  these,  Jacmel,  28  miles  south-west  from  Port-au-Prince,  is  the  best, 
and  has  6,000  inhabitants  ;  and  then  in  line  are  found  Bainet,  St.  Louis, 
Cayes,  and  Tiburon,  the  last  situate  at  the  extreme  south-west  point  of 
the  island.  The  ports  of  Goave,  Jeremie,  and  Bon  are  located  on  the 
north  side  of  the  peninsula,  facing  on  the  Bay  of  Gonaives. 
Recent  History. — At  the  commencement  of  1800  the  blacks  of  Hayti 
found  themselves  powerful  enough  to  contend  for  the  possession  of  the 
whole  island;  and  on  the  1st  July,  1801,  its  independence  was  declared. 
Previous  to  this,  in  1794,  the  Spanish  portion  in  the  east  had  been  ceded 
to  France,  and  hence  in  this  declaration  the  independence  of  the  whole 
was  assumed.  Subsequently  the  French  government  attempted  to  re- 
possess itself  of  the  colony,  and  for  this  purpose  an  expedition  of  20,000 
men  under  Le  Clerc  was  dispatched,  and  landed  at  Samana.     In  Feb., 

1802,  the  campaign  was  begun,  and  fought  with  various  success  until  1st 
May,  when  a  truce  was  concluded.  During  the  continuance  of  this. 
Toussaint,  the  Haytian  chief,  was  surprised  and  conveyed  to  France, 
and  there  died  in  April,  1803.  Hostilities  were  immediately  renewed. 
The  command  of  the  black  troops  devolved  on  Dessalines,  who  prose- 
cuted the  war  with  vigor  and  success.  The  yellow  fever  also  aided  the 
cause  of  the  negroes,  Le  Clerc  dying,  was  succeeded  by  Rochambeau. 
An  armistice  was  again  concluded  by  the  latter,  during  which  the  blacks 
received  large  reinforcements,  while  the  French  were  blocked  up  by 
English  ships.  At  the  expiration  of  the  armistice  the  French,  now  re- 
duced to  a  handful,  were  driven  into  the  Cape,  where,  on  the  30th  Nov., 

1803,  they  were  forced  to  capitulate  to  the  English  squadron.  On  the 
1st  Jan.,  1804,  the  Haytians  formally  reasserted  their  independence,  and 
Dessalines,  who  had  conducted  the  war  to  its  close,  was  appointed  gov- 
ernor for  life.     Afterward  he  assumed  the  title  of  Jaques  I.,  emperor  of 


•22  THE    WEST    INDIES  — SANTO     DOMINGO. 

Hayti;  but  his  reign  was  troublous  and  brief,  and  terminated  in  a  mili- 
tary conspiracy  in  October,  1806.  Hayti  was  now  divided  among  several 
chieftains,  the  principal  of  which  were  Christophe,  in  the  north-west, 
and  Petion,  in  the  south-west.  In  1807  Christophe  was  appointed  chief 
magistrate  for  life,  and  in  1811  changed  the  title  to  that  of  king,  calling 
himself  Henry  I.,  and  the  office  was  made  hereditary  in  his  family. 
Petion  continued  to  act  as  president  of  the  south-west  until  May,  1818, 
when  he  died,  universally  lamented.  Christophe,  on  the  other  hand, 
was  killed  in  a  revolt  in  October,  1820;  and  having  ruled  as  a  despot, 
his  memory  was  as  universally  execrated.  All  the  governments  of  the 
west  were  now  reunited  under  Boyer,  the  successor  of  Petion.  From 
1808  the  eastern  portion  of  the  island  had  been  repossessed  by  Spain, 
and  maintained  under  that  government.  On  the  30th  November,  1821, 
however,  the  inhabitants  revolted  and  declared  their  independence. 
Soon  after  its  territory  was  added  to  the  western  government.  This 
union  lasted  until  the  downfall  of  Boyer,  when  it  was  dissolved,  and  the 
Dominican  Republic  proclaimed. 

THE    DOMINICAN    REPUBLIC. 

Santo  Domingo  or  the  Dominican  Republic  claims  for  its  territory  the 
same  extent  as  held  by  the  Spaniards  under  the  treaty  of  1777,  and  hence 
all  east  of  the  line  of  the  Pedernales  and  Massacre  rivers.  The  extent 
of  this  portion  of  the  island  is  at  least  three-fifths  of  the  whole. 

Civil  Divisions,  etc. — The  Republic  is  divided  into  five  provinces — 

Provinces.                                Area,  Bq.  m.  PopTilation.  Pop.  to  sq.  m.        Capitals.                                    Popula. 

Santo  Domingo 3.826  35.000  9.15        Santo  Domingo 10.000 

Azua-de-Compostela 4,818  15,200  3.52        Azua 1  600 

Santa-Cruz-del-Seybo 3,709  20,000  5.89        Seybo 2,300 

Santias;o-de-]os-Caballeros. .  3,1T2  38,500  10.58        Santiago 7,000 

Concep9ion-de-la- Vega 2,584  33,000         12.77       La  Vega 3,600 

Total 17,609         136,500  7.75 

— of  the  population  at  least  nine-tenths  are  of  African  origin,  or  of  African 
and  European  intermixed.  The  remainder  are  Spaniards  and  Creoles. 
Industry. — The  Dominicans  are  almost  entirely  an  agricultural  people. 
The  staples  of  the  south  provinces  consist  chiefly  of  the  products  of  the 
forests.  In  Seybo,  however,  the  raising  of  cattle  is  the  main  occupation. 
But  by  far  the  most  industrious  part  is  the  north,  generally  called  the 
Cibao,  where  the  staple  article  is  an  excellent  quality  of  tobacco,  of 
which,  according  to  the  season,  50,000  to  80,000  seroons  are  produced. 
The  articles  of  export  are  mahogany,  satin-wood,  fustic,  lignum-vitse, 
and  brazil-wood,  tobacco,  hides,  etc.  The  imports  are  chiefly  flour  and 
provisions  from  the  United  States,  and  general  merchandise  from  Europe. 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — SANTO    DOMINaO. 


28 


The  following  table  exhibits  the  statistics  of  this  trade  for  the  year  1852 
and  the  three  years  next  previous  : 

^-Entrances.— V        Value  of    ,— Clearances.— ,        Value  of      , Total  Commerce. , 

Ports.  Vess.      Tons.  Imports.       Vess.     Tons.  Exports.       Vesa.     Tons.  Value. 

Santo  Dominao  (S.).  162    19,375      $636,178 ..  140    18,468      $677,073 ..  802    37.843  $1,313,251 
Porto  Plata  (N.)  ...  162    10,680        527,189..  158    11,446        878,856..  320    22,126     1,406,045 

Totall852 324  30,055  $1,163.367..  298  29.914  $1,555,929..  622  59,969  $2,719,296 

"     1851 279  24,449  1,141,891. .  261  21,776  1,184,914..  540  46,225  2,326,805 

«     1850 272  22,403  731.875..  268  23,290  1,008,173..  540  45.693  1,737,048 

"     1849 248  20,082  256,282..  216  16,139  611,875..  464  36,221  868,157 

— showing  a  total  increase  in  four  years  equal  to  213  per  cent. 

Government,  ETC.^The  constitution  of  the  Republic  is  based  on  that  of 
Venezuela.  The  Congress,  which  assembles  annually,  consists  of  15 
deputies,  three  from  each  province,  who  form  the  Tribunado  or  lower 
chamber,  and  five  senators,  one  from  each  province,  constituting  the 
Consejo  Conservador  or  upper  chamber.  The  executive  power  is  vested 
in  a  prqgident,  who  is  elected  for  four  years,  and  who  must  be  a  Domin- 
ican by  birth  and  at  least  35  years  of  age.  The  judiciary  is  exercised 
by  a  supreme  court  and  various  inferior  and  local  courts ;  and  the  French 
code  has  been  adopted  in  legal  proceedings.  In  1852  the  revenue 
amounted  to  $374,516;  and  the  ordinary  expenditures  amount  annually 
to  about  $250,000.  No  foreign  debt  is  owing:  but  there  exists  a  large 
home  debt  on  which  the  currency  is  based,  and  hence  is  of  low  and  fluc- 
tuating value.  The  army  amounts  to  12,000  men,  and  may  be  raised 
to  16,000.  The  navy  consists  of  three  corvettes  and  five  schooners 
equipped  as  war  vessels,  and  mounted  with  44  guns.  The  prevailing 
religion  is  the  Roman  Catholic,  but  the  exercise  of  all  other  rites  is  tol- 
erated. The  archbishop  still  bears  the  title  of  Primate  of  the  Indies, 
although  it  has  not  a  single  suffragan.  Public .  instruction  is  neglected, 
even  in  its  primary  elements,  and,  except  in  the  towns,  the  people  have 
no  means  of  education.     In  the  capital  there  is  a  college. 

Cities,  Towns,  etc. — Santo  Doiningo^  the  capital  and  principal  sea-port, 
is  situate  on  the  south-west,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ozama  River,  and  is 
surrounded  by  walls  and  bastions.  Lat.  18°  28^  north,  and  long.  69°  50'' 
west.  It  was  the  first  permanent  settlement  of  the  Spaniards  in  Amer- 
ica. The  harbor  is  secure,  but  unfit  for  large  ships.  The  city  has  wide 
and  regular  streets,  and  the  houses,  chiefly  of  stone,  are  of  one  story. 
The  most  conspicuous  public  building  is  the  cathedral,  commenced  in 
1514,  under  Diego,  son  of  Columbus,  and  in  wiiich  the  ashes  of  the  great 
discoverer  rested  for  upward  of  two  centuries.  There  are  also  1 4  churches 
and  chapels.  The  other  principal  edifices  are — the  national  palace,  the 
palace  of  the  congress,  the  cabildo  or  town-house,  college,  citadel,  ar- 


24  THE    WEST    INDIES  — SANTO    DOMINGO. 

senal,  hospitals,  etc.  The  rums  of  the  Jesuits'  college,  the  palace  of  Don 
Diego,  and  the  convent  of  San  Francisco  are  striking  features  of  the  city, 
and  fit  mementoes  of  its-former  magnificence.  The  first  blow  to  the  pros- 
perity of  Santo  Domingo  was  struck  in  1586  by  Sir  Francis  Drake,  who 
took  it  by  assault,  pillaged,  and  nearly  destroyed  it.  The  earthquakes 
of  1684  and  1691  ruined  most  of  the  buildings  which  Drake  had  spared. 
And  lastly  the  spoliations  of  the  Haytians  in  1822-24  deprived  it  of  many 
of  its  most  interesting  monuments.  Porto  Plata,  on  the  north  coast,  12 
miles  north-west  of  Santiago,  is  the  second  principal  port  of  the  republic, 
and  the  outlet  of  the  commerce  of  the  northern  provinces.  There  are 
other  ports  on  both  sides  of  the  island.  The  Bay  of  Samana  forms  one 
of  the  finest  harbors  in  the  world,  and  may  be  regarded  as  a  most  im- 
portant maritime  position  in  reference  to  the  trade  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 
and  the  inter-oceanic  routes  across  Central  America,  both  in  a  commer- 
cial and  military  point  of  view._  Among  the  places  in  the  interior  the 
following  deserve  to  be  mentioned,  viz.,  Azua,  where  Hernandes  Cortez 
was  a  public  notary;  Concepcion-de-la-Vega,  for  the  proximity  of  Fort 
Concepcion,  constructed  by  Columbus,  and  ^anto  Cerro,  where  he  erect- 
ed a  cross.  Saniiago-de-los-Caballeros  was  founded  by  the  dissolute 
hidalgos  in  the  company  of  Columbus  ]  it  lies  on  the  right  bank  of  the 
river  Yacki,  and  is  now"  the  second  town  of  the  Republic.  Besides  these 
may  be  noticed — Higuey,  Seybo,  San  Juan  de  Maguana,  Neybo,  Bani, 
San  Cristoval,  Bayaguana,  Monte  Plata,  Cotuy,  and  Boya,  the  last  famed 
as  the  place  of  refuge  of  Enriquillo,  the  last  of  the  Haytian  caziques. 
Recent  History. — The  Spanish  colonists  threw  off  their  allegiance  to 
Spain,  and  on  the  30th  Nov.,  1821,  declared  themselves  independent, 
under  the  name  of  the  Republic  of  Spanish  Hayti.  This  measure  was 
not  generally  approved  of;  and  the  colored  and  black  inhabitants  pre- 
ferring annexation  to  French  Hayti,  Boyer,  then  president  of  that  por- 
tion of  the  island,  availing  himself  of  this  dissatisfaction,  marched  against 
the  city  of  Santo  Domingo,  and  overthrowing  the  provisional  government, 
united  the  whole  island  under  one  government.  The  union,  which  had 
never  been  cordial,  lasted  for  21  years.  On  the  fall  of  Boyer,  the  Span- 
iards again  asserted  their  independence,  and  on  the  27th  Feb.,  1844, 
proclaimed  the  Dominican  Republic.  Herard  Riviere,  who  succeeded 
Boyer,  marched  with  an  army  of  20,000  men  upon  Santo  Domingo,  but 
was  defeated  by  Gen.  Pedro  Santana,  at  Azua,  who  compelled  the  Hay- 
tians to  retreat  within  their  own  territory.  The  provincial  junta  of  the 
new  republic  now  formed  a  constitution,  and  elected  Santana  president. 
He  was  followed  by  Gen.  Jimenes  in  1848,     Soulouque,  then  president 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — SPANISH    ISLANDS.  25 

of  Hayti,  attempted  in  1849  to  reconquer  the  territory  with  an  army  of 
5,000  men,  but  was  signally  defeated  at  Las  Carreras,  on  the  river  Ocoa, 
21st  April,  1849,  by  Santana,  who  had  only  400  men  under  his  com- 
mand. For  this  victory  Santana  received  the  title  of  ''  Libertador  de  la 
Patria."  Gen.  Jimenes,  the  president,  not  being  fitted  for  his  task,  and 
the  invading  army  having  been  driven  out  of  the  country,  Santana  was 
called  upon  to  restore  order  within  the  Republic,  and  to  force  the  presi- 
dent to  resign.  This  effected,  Santana  directed  the  affairs  of  state  until 
a  new  election  had  taken  place,  by  which,  upon  his  recommendation, 
Buenaventura  Baez  was  named  president.  During  his  administration 
treaties  of  recognition  and  commerce  with  Great  Britain,  France,  and 
Denmark  were  concluded.  On  the  3d  July,  1853,  Baez  was  banished, 
and  Santana  himself  raised  to  the  presidency.  It  may  here  be  stated  that 
Spain  has  not  yet  relinquished  her  claims  upon  her  former  colony. 


SPANISH  ISLANDS. 
Spain,  the  discoverer  of  the  New  World,  and  the  original  mistress  of  one- 
third  of  North,  the  whole  of  Central,  and  more  than  half  of  South 
America,  at  the  present  day  occupies  only  two  islands  in  the  Atlantic 
Ocean — Cuba  and  Porto  Rico,  and  their  dependencies.  The  continental 
portions  of  her  ancient  territories  are  either  merged  into  the  United 
States  or  have  become  independent  states;  and  the' many  islands  once 
under  its  sovereignty  are  now  either  independent  or  colonies  of  other 
European  powers.  Thus,  instead  of  an  empire,  we  describe  a  compar- 
atively small  colonial  possession. 

THE    ISLAND    OF    CUBA. 

Cuba,  the  largest  of  the  West  India  Islands,  is  situate  at  the  entrance  of 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  about  130  miles  south  of  Florida,  48  from  Santo 
Domingo,  95  from  Jamaica,  and  132  from  Yucatan,  in  their  nearest 
points.  It  extends  in  a  crescent  form,  bowing  northward,  from  Cabo  de 
Maisi  on  the  east  to  Cabo  de  San  Antonio  on  the  west,  or  between  lon- 
gitudes 740  7''  and  84°  57^  west,  and  between  latitudes  19°  50^  and  23° 
10^  north.  '  Area,  with  its  dependencies,  47,278  square  miles. 

General  Description. — The  island  is  intersected  longitudinally  by  a 
range  of  mountains,  diminishing  in  height  from  east  to  west.  At  the 
east  end,  where  they  are  diffused  over  nearly  the  entire  surface,  they 
attain  their  greatest  elevation,  about  8,000  feet.  From  the  bases  of  these 
highlands  the  country  opens  into  extensive  meadows  or  beautiful  plains 


26  THE    WEST    INDIES  — SPANISH    ISLANDS. 

and  savannahs,  with  occasionally  some  low,  swampy  tracts.  Owing  to 
the  nature  of  the  surface  and  narrowness  of  the  island  there  are  no  rivers 
of  magnitude.  The  largest,  the  Cauto,  with  its  sources  in  the  Sierra 
del  Cohre,  falls  into  the  Bay  of  Buena  Esperanza,  after  a  course  alto- 
gether of  about  90  miles.  None  of  the  streams  are  navigable  excepting 
for  a  few  miles  inland  and  by  small  boats.  The  coasts  are  in  general 
exceedingly  foul,  presenting  reefs  and  shallows  which  extend  two  or 
three  miles  into  the  sea,  and  make  approach  difficult.  Within  these 
reefs  there  is  often  a  good  sandy  beach,  but  more  frequently  a  belt  of  low- 
land, subject  to  inundation,  wet  at  all  times,  and  in  the  rainy  season 
almost  impassable.  On  all  sides,  however,  there  are  good  harbors,  eli- 
gible ports,  and  fine  bays.  Geologically  the  island  may  be  described  as 
composed  of  granite,  gneiss,  sieiiite,  and  euphodite,  overlain  by  secondary 
and  tertiary  formations,  chiefly  calcareous,  containing  numerous  fossils, 
and  through  which  the  primitive  rocks  are  often  protruded.  In  some 
localities  the  limestone  is  exceedingly  porous  and  cavernous,  absorbing 
rapidly  the  tropical  rains,  and  even  engulfing  considerable  streams. 
The  latest  calcareous  formation  is  entirely  coraliferous,  and  is  constantly 
accumulating  on  all  the  coasts.  The  mineral  riches  of  Cuba  have  not  yet 
been  fully  explored,  but  it  is  known  that  it  is  not  deficient  in  this  respect. 
The  precious  metals  have  been  found,,  but  not  in  abundance.  Copper, 
however,  is  extensively  deposited,  especially  in  the  Sierra  del  Cobre.  In 
.the  mountains  of  Juragua  there  are  alum  and  copperas  mines,  and  coal  has 
been  recently  discovered  near  Habana.  Serpentine,  chalcedony,  mag- 
nesia, iron  pyrites,  quartz,  and  feldspar  slates  and  schists  have  also  been 
found  in  various  places.  The  schistose  formation  shows  itself  most  con- 
spicuously at  the  base  of  the  mountains  of  San  Juan  and  Trinidad,  where 
great  masses  of  slate  may  be  seen,  of  a  dark  blue  color,  and  of  a  pyritous 
and  bituminous  quality.  Near  Habana  a  thick  slate  is  found,  fit  for 
pavements.  Mineral  springs  are  numerous ;  and  on  the  north  coast  are 
extensive  lagoons,  which  in  dry  years  produce  immense  quantities  of 
marine  salt.  The  climate  is  hot  and  moist  near  the  coasts,  but  in  the 
interior  cool  and  healthy.  Vegetation  is  exceedingly  luxuriant,"  forests 
of  mahogany,  ebony,  cedar,  fustic,  and  other  useful  woods,  abound,  and 
the  savannahs  are  covered  with  flowers  and  odoriferous  plants.  Maize 
or  Indian  corn  is  the  principal  cereal  cultivated,  and  of  this  two  crops  are 
annually  produced.  In  many  districts  rice  is  also  a  large  crop.  But  the 
principal  products  are  sugar,  coffee,  and  tobacco ;  also  a  little  cotton,  cocoa, 
and  indigo.  The  principal  fruits  are  the  pine  or  ananas,  oranges,  shad- 
docks, plantains,  bananas,  melons,  lemons,  and  sweet  limes.     The  only 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — SPANISH    ISLANDS. 


27 


indigenous  quadruped  ever  known  in  Cuba  is  the  huitia,  which  resem- 
bles a  large  rat,  about  18  inches  long  and  without  tail.  Birds,  however, 
are  numerous,  and  in  great  variety ',  and  insects,  including  many  that 
are  noxious,  as  jiggers,  ants,  mosquitoes,  and  spiders,  abound.  The  most 
remarkable  of  the  reptiles  are  the  maja  and  the  juba — the  former  from 
12  to  14  feet  long,  and  the  latter  about  6  feet  long,  and  both  are  danger- 
ous. Scorpions  and  centipedes  are  also  very  numerous.  The  shores 
abound  with  turtle,  and  in  the  deep  gulfs  and  bays  the  crocodile  and 
cayman  are  found  ;  while  the  manati  and  iguana  are  not  uncommon — 
the  first  in  fresh-water  pools  and  the  latter  on  the  banks  of  streams, 
lagoons,  etc.  Fish  is  abundant,  especially  on  the  north  coast. 
Military  Divisions,  Extent,  Population,  etc. — Cuba  is  divided  into  two 
departments,  and  thirty  jurisdictions  or  intendancies,  as  follows  : 


Area,  , 

Jurisdictions.                   sq.  m.  White. 

Occidental  Department  : 

Pinar  del  Rio 3,713  21,843 

San  Crist6bal 905  11,578 

Bahia-Honda 762  4,124 

Mariel 572  15,921 

San  Antonio 154  12,284 

Habana 893  87,916 

Santiago 214  7,194 

Bejucal 191  10,817 

Guanabacoa 166  10.72 1 

Eosario 309  11,764 

Giiines 1,131  18,214 

Jaruco 512  10,218 

Matanzas 856  37,721 

Cardenas 1,262  27,521 

Sagua 1,464  14,534 

Cienfuegos 2,558  17,811 

Villa  Clara 1,345  25,592 

Trinidad 868  15.208 

Eemedios 2,489  15,149 

Santo  Espiritu 3,819  24,321 


—Population  (1854).- 
Free  Col.          Slave 


3,824 
1,923 
621 
2,849 
1,721 
32,594 
1.597 
1,746 
3,273 
2,841 
2,442 
1,875 
5,948 
3.824 
1,173 
4,124 
8.523 
7,324 
3.821 
6,394 


6,548 

5,494 

19.422 

10,188 

26,850 

4,964 

7.938 

4,322 

5,428 

16,918 

8,186 

40,728 

55,016 

10,001 

11,318 

5,301 

9,318 

4,012 

6,816 


Total. 

35,665 
20,049 
10,239 
38,192 
24,193 
147,360 
13,755 
20,501 
18,316 
20.033 
37,574 
20.229 
81,397 
86.361 
25,708 
33,253 
39,421 
31,850 
22,982 
37,532 


Capitals. 


Popula. 


Total 24,133      397,451 


1,442      268,717      764,610 


Oriental  Department  : 

Puerto  Principe 6,009 

Nuevitas 2.261 

Tunas 2,725 

Manzanillo 1.380 

Holguin 2.523 

Bayamo 1,309 

Jiguani 702    • 

Cuba 3,177 

Guantanamo 1,595 

Baracoa 1,464 


26,893 
2,721 
3,818 
7,321 

19,427 

10,721 
6.721 

21,524 
1,574 
3,817 


10,318 
397 

1,821 
11.143 

3,271 
11,217 

4.318 
29,718 

2,281 

3,721 


9,321 

1,742 

722 

917 

3,827 
2,724 
684 
34,000 
5,928 
1,842 


46,532 

4,860 

6,361 

19,381 

26,525 

24,662 

11,723 

85.242 

9,783 

9,381 


PinardelEio 1,500 

SanCrist6bal 270 

Bahia-Honda 570 

Guanajay 3,000 

San  Antonio  Abad    2,890 

Habana 125,905 

Santiago 2,274 

Bejucal. 2,264 

Guanabacoa 8,100 

Eosario 450 

Giiines 3,542 

Jaruco 611 

Matanzas 26,000 

Cardenas 6,173 

Sagua  la  Grande  .  2,510 

Cienfuegos 4,708 

Yilla  Clara 6,604 

Trinidad 14,119 

Eemedios 5,270 

Santo  Espiritu....  9,982 


Puerto  Principe  . .  26,648 

Nuevitas 820 

Tunas 2,004 

Manzanillo 3,050 

Holguin 3,754 

Bayamo 5,875 

Jiguani 950 

Cuba 24,253 

Guaso 863 

Baracoa 2,400 


Total 23,145      104,537      78,205        61,708      244,450 


Grand  total 47,278*    501,988    176,647      330,425   1,009,060 

*  The  areas  of  the  adjacent  islands  and  cayos  are  included  in  those  of  the  jurisdictions  to 
which  they  severally  belong:  the  Isla  de  Pinos,  in  the  jurisdiction  of  Habana,  contains  709 
sq.  m.,  and  1,400  inhabitants ;  the  Cayo  Romano,  in  Puerto  Principe,  190  sq.  m. ;  Cayo  Gua- 
jaba,  21  sq.  m. ;  Cayo  Cocos,  37  sq.  m. ;  Cayo  Turiguano,  51  sq.  m.  ;  Cayo  Ensenachos,  25  sq. 
m. ;  Cayo  Cruz,  76  sq.  m. ;  Cayo  Largo,  43  sq.  m.,  etc. 


28  THE    WEST    INDIES— SPANISH    ISLANDS. 

— there  were  also  in  Cuba  about  40,940  persons  who  were  classed  as 
transient  residents,  and  not  accounted  for  in  the  census.  Of  the  whites, 
about  90,000  were  Spaniards  and  25,000  Canary  islanders,  3,000  French, 
1,000  English,  and  3,000  North  American  and  other  people. 
Productive  Industry. — Cuba  is  agricultural  and  commercial.  It  has 
few  manufactures,  properly  so  called ;  nor  are  its  copper  mines,  though 
a  conspicuous,  a  very  remunerative  interest,  and,  moreover,  these  are 
worked  mainly  on  foreign  account. 

The  staples  of  agriculture  are  sugar,  coffee,  and  tobacco;  in  1852  the 
sugar  crop  amounted  to  29,165,238  arrobas  (1=25  lbs.);  coffee, 
1,166,902  arrobas;  and  tobacco,  222,020  cargas.  The  other  principal 
products  were — molasses,  267,185  bocoyes  (1  =  36  gals.);  rum,  39,411 
pipas;  beeswax,  74,903  arrobas;  and  honey,  106,175  barriles  (1  —  6 
gals.).  Root-crops  aVe  abundant.  The  breeding  of  animals  is  also  a 
valuable  interest;  in  1850  the  live-stock  consisted  of — bulls  and  cows, 
773,353;  working  oxen,  128,480;  horses  and  asses,  214,588;  mules, 
23,131 ;  hogs,  928,952  ;  sheep,  53,763  ;  goats,  29,385  ;  pea-fowl,  75,646  ; 
geese,  25,115;  common  fowls,  1,562,152  ;  Guinea  fowls,  143,177;  ducks, 
189,708,  etc.  The  annual  value  of  agricultural  stock  and  products  is 
about  sixty  million  dollars.  Only  about  a  twentieth  part  of  the  island 
is  under  cultivation. 

The  making  of  sugar  and  rum,  and  the  preparation  of  coffee  and 
tobacco  for  market  constitute  the  chief  manufactures.  A  large  number 
of  persons  are  also  employed  in  the  manufacture  of  cigars ;  and  many 
articles  for  home-use  are  made  in  families.  Ship-building  is  also  car- 
ried on ;  and  in  Habana  and  Guanabacoa  steam  and  other  machinery 
is  built,  while  at  Puentes-Grandes  a  paper-mill  is  in  operation.  There 
are  also  numerous  sugar  refineries,  tanneries,  etc.  Perfumery,  phos- 
phorus, jewelry,  plate,  carriages,  etc.,  are  more  or  less  manufactured. 

Commerce  is  in  a  very  flourishing  condition.  The  exports  consist 
principally  of  the  natural  and  agricultural  products  of  the  island,  as 
mahogany,  dye-woods,  drugs,  sugar,  coffee,  tobacco,  etc.  In  1851  there 
was  exported — sugar,  1,549,893  cajas  (1  =  16  arrobas) ;  coffee,  625,113 
arrobas;  beeswax,  47,453  arrobas;  molasses,  341,594  bocoyes;  leaf 
tobacco  9,316,593  pounds,  and  cigars  270,313  thousands;  cocoa,  7,039 
arrobas;  rum,  9,221  pipas;  copper  ore,  432,882  quintals,  etc. — in  all 
valued  at  S3 1,349, 357.  The  imports  consist  chiefly  of  grain,  flour,  salt 
meat,  and  fish,  etc.,  from  the  United  States,  and  general  merchandise 
from  England,  France,  Spain,  Germany,  etc.  The  following  table  ex- 
hibits the  statistics  of  the  shipping  employed  in  foreign  commerce,  and 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — SPANISH    ISLANDS. 


29 


the  value  of  imports  and  exports,  with  the  duties  thereon,  for  the  year 
1851  : 

, Navigation. >         , Commerce. — < 

Ports.                Entrances.  Clearances.  Imports.  Kxports. 

Habana 1,749 ....  1,622 $25,51 9,146 ...  -$16  577.001 

Matanzas 499....    '578 1,889.478....  5,373.370. 

Cardenas 413....     414 638.582....  1,299,(55. 

■vr-iripl                      33     ..       — 3.527 T.rfoU. 

TrSad 197....     188 706,987....  1,608,017. 

S«?gos::::  266:.... 230 f},\f.--  \2JK?9- 

Nuevitas                52....      52 162,llo....  206,519. 

sS       129     ..     129 128,221....  1,217.108. 

Sedios-;:::  46.:..  47 53:129....  284,192 

SantoCruz...      19....      20 „^,569....  54,220. 

Santo  Espiritu       11....      11 29.384....  ^42,206. 

Cuba....    ....     314....     311 2,136.988....  2,6Slfll. 

Jibara 37....       34 233,734-...  800,171, 

Manzanillo...       65....       65 ^f^^^A'-'-  ?$H?^ 

Baracoa 34....      31 68,183....  170^10. 

Guantanamo  .        1 1 2,320 


Import. 

Export. 

$4.776,571.. 

$1,020,905 

568.186.. 

. .      305.088 

187,6.38.. 

. .       38,277 

1,000.. 

— 

181,197.. 

. .       74,415 

179,754.. 

. .       73.900 

39,760.. 

. .       10,886 

64,976.. 

. .       72.874 

24,848.. 

. .       23,974 

7,347.. 

2.389 

8,129.. 

2,972 

530,658.. 

. .      108,024 

36,463.. 

.,        82,931 

55.548.. 

. .       16,888 

16,450.. 

9,280 

310.. 

181 

Total 


3,865....  8,733 $32,315,145...  $31,349,357 $6,678,835...  $1,793,984 

—of  the  vessels  inward,  883  were  Spanish,  and  2,982  foreign,  and  of 
those  outward,  793  were  Spanish,  and  2,940  foreign. 

The  following  table  exhibits  the  average  quantities  of  the  principal 
products  of  the  island  exported  annually,  in  quinquinnial  periods  : 

Su-ar  Kum,      Molasses,  Coffee,         Beeswax,  Tobacco.    ,.  Cigars       Copper  Ore, 

T,    •   A  „Jtn^n^  m-o,(V         torowes  arrohaL  arrobris.      arrobas.      libras  or  lbs.       quintals. 

IR9T30  6508137  3606  72921..  1.718,865..  25,789.  .102,915. .  245,097..  - 

{526-30. ...  6.508,lg..  d,buj  <  1.995,832..  33.582..  99,763..  471,99-3.. 

icIa  i^'"  inilq'^^^"  6  235  128  447  1,877  444..  32,253.  .195,487..  790,467..  - 

lS?i?---"  lKS""  9157""  147074:  1,3.32997..  37,407 ..  244  872 . .  941,467..  1,023,838 

isSio::::  iSfe?::  13,653::  2io,i5t::  768,244..  48:i4i.. 291,347..  896,oo8..  598,647 

—and  the  annexed  shows  the  progressive  value  of  the  average  annual 
commercial  movement : 

Increase                                             Increase  Increase 

lll^-E *ifi  75fi  448  ■         8  7  12  887  339 ....     1.3 29,643,787. ...     5.4 

J1^-4S M'652'766-:::  29:2:::::::  SfeW....  4.3.6 fA^,tii^---?A 

}l^,^~i2 99  4723^5  8  7  24,099,646 ....  30.2 46.572,001 ....  15.9 

IsSlo ::::::::  l'fmJ&.v^^:/^v^  2^^----j^ 51,979,742....  il6 

Jncr.in2otfrs.inm^'--  ^5.5 $12,111,059....  95.3 $23,849,124....  84.8 

—the  value  of  domestic  produce  exported  in  1846  was  $21,587,5-64;  in 
1847,  $27,296,954;  in  1848,  $25,312,553;  in  1849,  $21,896,526;  and 
in  1850,  $25,043,154:  average  of  five  years,  $24,227,350. 

The  mercantile  navy  consists  of  639  vessels  of  all  sizes,  of  which  7 
are  vessels  of  over  400  tons,  30  of  200  to  400  tons,  99  of  80  to  200  tons, 
295  of  20  to  80  tons,  and  208  of  less  than  20  tons.  Of  these  20  are 
steamers,  and  389  of  foreign  construction. 

Regular  steamship  lines  are  established  between  Habana  and  New 
York,°Charleston,  Key  West,  Mobile,  and  New  Orleans,  m  the  United 
States;  Vera  Cruz,  in  Mexico;  Aspinwall,  in  Central  America;  Rio 


30  THE    WEST    INDIES  — SPANISH    ISLANDS. 

Janeiro  and  Buenos  Ayres,  in  South  America ;  Southampton  and  Liver- 
pool, in  England;  and  Cadiz,  in  Spain,  All  the  steamships  composing 
these  lines  carry  the  public  mails,  and  run  either  semi-monthly  or 
monthly. 

Internal  communication  is  amply  provided  for.  All  the  chief  ports 
are  connected  by  lines  of  coasting  steamers  and  sail- vessels.  Common 
roads  of  the  island  are  open  from  one  to  the  other  end,  with  lateral 
roads  diverging  to  the  coast  towns  ;  and  the  railroad,  introduced  in  1837, 
now  traverses  over  a  length  of  351  miles.  The  principal  railroads  are 
those  from  Habana  to  Batabana  and  Matanzas;  from  Cardenas  to 
Navajas ;  the  Jucaro  railroad,  and  those  from  Villa  Clara  to  Cienfuegos, 
and  from  Puerto  Principe  to  Nuevitas.  Several  of  the  large  cities  are 
also  connected  by  lines  of  the  electro-magnetic  telegraph. 

Government,  etc. — All  branches  of  the  administration  are  subject  to  a 
representative  of  the  Spanish  crown,  who  is  at  the  same  time  captain- 
general,  superior  civil  governor,  president  of  the  Audiencia  Real,  etc., 
and  who  is  appointed  by  and  amenable  only  to  the  home  government. 
The  whole  island  constitutes  a  single  province.  For  political  and  civil 
purposes  it  is  divided  into  three  governments — Habana,  Matanzas,  and 
Cuba,  and  these  are  subdivided  into  sub-governments,  parishes,  etc. 
Habana  comprises  all  the  jurisdictions  of  the  occidental  department  ex- 
cept Matanzas,  and  is  under  the  immediate  charge  of  the  superior  civil 
governor;  Matanzas  is  a  separate  government,  and  Cuba  comprises  all 
the  jurisdictions  of  the  oriental  department.  The  two  latter  are  subject 
to  civil  governors,  nearly  independent  of  the  supreme  civil  governor. 
The  principal  civil  tribunal  is  the  royal  court  [audiencia  real  pretorial) 
of  Habana,  which  has  jurisdiction  over  the  whole  island,  and  is  presided 
over  by  the  superior  civil  governor.  Provincial  courts  {ayuntamientos) 
are  also  established,  and  police  courts  in  the  rural  districts.  The  ecclesi- 
astical are  coterminous  vrith  the  military  divisions. 

Public  Accounts. — The  total  receipts  into  the  treasury  in  1850  amounted  to 
$12,248,713,  of  which  $6,721,251  was  maritime  revenue,  and  $5,527,402 
internal  revenue  ;  and  the  expenditures  amounted  to  $11,779,160.  The 
revenue  for  the  ten  years  then  ending  had  been  as  follows : 

Years.  Maritime.  Internal.  Total. 

1841....  $7,266,464..  $4.650,835..  $11,917,299 

1842....  7.383.346..     4,731.496..  12.114.843 

1843....  6,987.017..     3.407,040..  10,394.057 

1844....  7,160^631..     3.329,621..  10,490.252 

1S45....  5,370,748..     3,629,252..  9,000,000 

The  expenditures  in  1851  were— civil  $1,841,010,  military  $5,028,901, 
naval  $2,045,004,  and  miscellaneous  $1,300,731;  and  $1,563,513  was 


Years. 

Maritime. 

.     Internal. 

Total. 

1846.. 

.  $6,232,967. 

$4,907,811. 

$11,140,779 

1847.. 

.     7.494,330 . 

5,314,-383. 

12,808,713 

1848.. 

.     7,396,726. 

6,088.715. 

13,435,441 

1849.. 

.     6,429,160. 

5.840.260. 

12,269,420 

1850.. 

.     6,721,250. 

..5,527,462. 

12,248,712 

THE    WEST    INDIES  — SPANISH    ISLANDS.  31 

transmitted  to  Spain  in  support  of  legations,  pensioners,  and  employees 
connected  with  the  island  government. 

Armed  Forces. — The  land  force  of  Cuba  consists  of  16  regiments  of  in- 
fantry of  1,100  men ;  two  of  cavalry  of  four  squadrons,  each  of  151  men  ; 
one  of  artillery  with  eight  batteries,  and  a  company  of  sappers  and  miners 
with  five  batteries  ;  and  a  company  of  engineers — the  whole  force  amount- 
ing to  17,600  infantry,  1,808  cavalry,  1,500  artillery,  and  130  engineers, 
in  all  21j038  men.  In  this  enumeration  is  not  included  the  civil  guard. 
The  naval  squadron  comprises  25  vessels  carrying  219  guns,  and  is 
manned  by  3,000  seamen  and  marines.  Among  these  is  1  frigate,  44 
guns-  7  brigs,  104  guns;  11  steamers,  54  guns;  4  goletas,  11  guns;  2 
gun-boats,  6  guns;  2  transports,  etc. 

Education,  Religion,  etc. — Both  religion  and  education  are  under  the 
immediate  protection  of  the  government.  For  ecclesiastical  purposes  the 
island  is  divided  into  two  dioceses,  the  archbishopric  of  Cuba  and  the 
bishopric  of  Habana,  and  these  are  divided  into  vicarages  and  curacies. 
The  Roman  Catholic  is  established  to  the  exclusion  of  all  other  religions, 
and  is  that  universally  professed  by  the  people.  Public  education  has 
made  notable  progress,  and  is  under  the  patronage  of  the  royal  economic 
societies  of  Habana  and  Cuba,  and  controlled  by  a  special  commission. 
The  total  number  of  persons  employed  in  giving  primary  instruction 
is  about  460,  and  the  number  of  scholars  about  10,000.  In  Habana 
there  is  a  royal  university,  which  has  a  staff  of  30  professors — in  1851 
it  had  252  matriculants,  and  of  these  61  graduated.  There  are  also 
ecclesiastical  seminaries  in  Habana  and  Caba;  and  in  the  principal 
.places  are  good  grammar  schools.  Among  the  many  Cubans  who  have 
distinguished  themselves  in  literature  are — the  poets  Zequeria,  Rubal- 
caba,  Heredia,  Blanchie,  and  Milanes ;  the  dramatist  Alarcos ;  the  nov- 
elist De  Merlin ;  the  historians  Arrate,  Urritia,  Valdes,  and  Heredia ; 
the  statist  De  la  Torre;  the  grammarian  Vidal;  the  lawyers  Ayala, 
Hechavarrea,  Ponce  de  Leon,  Escovedo,  Armas,  and  Govantes ;  and  the 
physician  Romay.  In  Habana  4  daily  papers  and  1  monthly  and  3 
other  periodicals  are  issued,  and  in  all  the  principal  towns  one  or  more 
papers  are  published  weekly. 

Cities,  Towns,  etc. — Cuba  contains  13  cities,  8  towns,  and  102  villages. 
Habana^  the  capital  and  principal  sea-port,  stands  on  the  west  side  of  the 
entrance  of  a  magnificent  land-locked  harbor,  in  lat.  23°  9^  4''^  north,  and 
82°  22^  west,  and  is  strongly  protected  by  forts  and  walls,  the  latter  dividing 
it  from  the  suburbs  Salud,  Guadalupe,  etc.,  in  which  nearly  half  of  the 
population  resides.     The  suburb  Regla  is  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  har- 


32  THE    WEST    INDIES  — SPANISH    ISLANDS. 

bor.  The  streets  of  the  city  are  narrow,  but  the  suburbs  well  laid  out  and 
paved,  generally  with  granite.  The  buildings  are  mostly  of  stone ;  and 
among  these  the  most  conspicuous  are  the  cathedral  (containing  the 
ashes  of  Columbus),  the  government  palace,  admiralty,  post-office,  royal 
tobacco  factory,  and  the  casa  de  benejiciencia,  numerous  churches,  con- 
vents, etc.  There  are  about  90  male  and  66  female  schools  in  the  city, 
a  university,  and  an  ecclesiastical  seminary,  a  theatre  capable  of  hold- 
ing 6,000  persons,  and  other  places  of  public  amusement.  It  is  connect- 
ed with  Batabana,  Matanzas,  Cardenas,  etc.,  by  railroad.  Matanzas^ 
second  only  to  Habana  in  commercial  prosperity,  is  situate  in  a  deep 
bay  on  the  north  coast,  about  60  miles  east  of  the  capital.  It  has  a  well- 
sheltered  harbor,  partly  inclosing  the  town,  and  has  acquired  all  its 
importance  since  the  commencement  of  the  present  century.  Puerto 
Principe  is  situate  in  the  interior,  about  45  miles  west-south-west  of  its 
port  Las  Nuevitas,  with  which  it  is  connected  by  railroad,  and  was 
formerly  the  seat  of  the  audiencia  real  or  royal  court,  Santiago  de  Cuba, 
is  the  principal  sea-port  of  the  south  coast.  It  has  a  magnificent  harbor, 
and  is  chiefly  engaged  in  the  exportation  of  copper  ore.  It  is  the  see  of 
the  archbishop,  and  contains  a  cathedral,  theological  seminary,  several 
learned  societies,  and  a  theatre.  The  city  was  greatly  injured  by  an 
earthquake  in  1853.  The  other  cities  are — Santiago,  Bejucal,  Rosario, 
Jaruco,  Trinidad,  Nuevitas,  Bayamo,  Holguin,  and  Baracoa,  and  the 
towns  are — San  Antonio,  Guanabacoa,  Giiines,  Cienfuegos,  Villa-Clara, 
Remedies.  Santo  Espiritu,  and  Manzanillo.  All  other  places  are  vil- 
lages. 
History. — Cuba  was  discovered  on  the  28th  October,  1492,  by  Columbus, 
who  revisited  it  in  1494,  and  again  in  1502.  In  1511  the  Spaniards 
formed  their  first  settlements  on  the  island,  and  with  slight  interruption 
have  retained  possession  of  it  ever  since.  In  1762  Habana  was  captured 
by  the  British,  but  was  restored  in  the  following  year.  From  this  period 
the  history  of  Cuba  presents  little  more  interesting  than  a  catalogue  of 
captains-general  and  bishops  down  to  the  period  1809-11,  when  the  ports 
were  opened  to  the  shipping  and  trade  of  foreign  countries.  This  event 
marks  the  commencement  of  the  material  prosperity  of  the  island,  which 
is  still  only  in  course  of  development.  For  the  past  few  years  the  quiet 
of  the  inhabitants  has  been  disturbed  by  piratical  expeditions  from  the 
United  States ;  and  the  avowed  design  of  the  g( 
to  acquire  the  island  by  purchase  or  conquest. 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — SPANISH    ISLANDS. 


33 


THE   ISLAND    OF    PORTO   RICO. 

Porto  Rico,  the  smallest  of  the  Great  Antilles,  and  the  most  eastward,  is 
situate  between  latitudes  17°  56'  and  18°  22^  north,  and  longitudes 
65°  4V  and  67°  12^  west  from  Greenwich.  In  shape  the  island  is  par- 
allelogramic ;  its  length  about  90  miles,  and  its  breadth  about  36  miles. 
Area,  with  dependencies,  3.865  square  miles. 

General  Description. — A  range  of  wooded  mountains  traverses  the  island 
east  and  west,  averaging  1,500  feet,  and  in  their  loftiest  culmination 
attaining  an  elevation  of  3,678  feet  above  the  sea.  In  the  interior  are 
extensive  savannahs;  and  in  some  parts,  along  the  coasts,  there  are 
tracts  of  level  fertile  land  from  5  to  10  miles  wide,  while  in  others  the 
mountains  approach  much  nearer  to  the  sea.  Nearly  the  whole  north 
coast  is  lined  by  long  and  deep  lagoons,  and  many  of  the  rivers  can  be 
navigated  to  the  base  of  the  mountains.  The  north  coast  is  subject  to 
heavy  ground  seas,  which  beat  against  the  cliffs  with  great  violence. 
There  are,  nevertheless,  good  harbors  on  both  sides  of  the  island,  and 
numerous  bays  and  creeks  deep  enough  for  vessels  of  considerable  ton- 
nage. The  climate  is  generally  salubrious;  and  vegetation,  fostered 
by  its  warm  moisture,  is  exceedingly  luxuriant.  The  principal  timber 
growths  are  ebony,  cedar,  lignum-vitse,  mahogany,  logwood,  etc.,  and 
many  plants  valuable  in  the  arts  and  pharmacy  grow  spontaneously. 
Among  the  minerals  found  in  Porto  Rico  the  most  valuable  are  copper, 
iron,  lead,  and  coal ;  and  gold  is  found  in  the  streams.  There  are  also 
two  considerable  salt-ponds,  which  are  worked  by  the  government. 

Divisions,  etc.— Porto  Rico,  with  its  dependencies,  is  divided  into  eight 
departments  or  districts,  as  follows  : 

Departmeuts,etc.  Area,  «..  xn.      Pop.la.  (1S4B).      ^°P- ^;;^- ^    ,  g Jf  JJl7^B^^,,,^^ 

La  Capital 565  70,861  125.42        -|  Bavamon 8,125 

Arecibo 676  54,044  79.98           Arecibo 11,187 

ig-diHa 257  57,322  223.04  AgufS^^. ........ ...  10,458 

Mayagues 684  99,895  146.04        .j  g^^  German 44,402 

Pence     738  71,168  96.44           Ponce 21,466 

H-acao 843  41,593  121.26  ^^^-■■::-:^ 

Guayama 529  51,756  97.83        -j  ca^uas 7,808 

Isla  de  Yieque 73  1,275  17.46          Isabela  Secunda 354 

Total 3^5  447,914  115.88 

—of  the  total  population  220,045  were  Spaniards  and  their  descendants, 
and  227,869  African  and  mixed  races,  of  which  about  45,000  are  slaves. 
The  total  population  in  1836  numbered  357,086  souls :  the  increase  in 
the  ten  years  to  1846  was  thus  in  the  ratio  of  25.5  per  cent.,  and  hence, 
with  the  same  rate,  the  island  in  1856  will  have  562,134  inhabitants. 


34  THE    WEST    INDIES  — SPANISH    ISLANDS. 


Industry. — The  resources  of  Porto  Rico  are  essentially  agricultural. 
Until  lately  none  of  its  mines  were  worked  ;  nor  has  manufacturing 
industry  made  any  progress.  Not  more  than  one-twelfth  of  the  island 
is  under  cultivation.  The  principal  products  are  sugar,  coffee,  and 
tohacco  ',  and  extensive  farms  are  laid  off  for  the  rearing  of  live-stock. 
The  capital  invested  in  agriculture  in  1846  amounted  to  $40,796,464, 
and  the  value  of  agricultural  products  for  the  year  preceding  amounted  to 
$6,896,621.  The  capital  employed  in  other  industries  was  $7,823,545, 
and  the  production  $448,344.  The  value  of  products  exported  in  1851 
was  $5,761,975,  and  of  imports  $6,073,870;  and  the  customs  collected 
on  these  amounted  to  $1,069,418.  The  chief  articles  of  exports  in  the 
same  year  were— sugar,  118,416,300  pounds  •  coffee,  12,111,900  pounds; 
tobacco,  6,478,100  pounds;  hides,  632,700  pounds;  cotton,  366,600 
pounds;  molasses,  45,976  hogsheads;  rum,  347  hogsheads;  cattle, 
5,881  head;  cigars,  34,800  thousands,  and  smaller  quantities  of  cocoa, 
oranges,  plantains,  logwood,  lignum-vitse,  pimento,  annato,  castor  oil, 
etc.  The  number  of  vessels  entered  at  the  various  ports  was  1,324, 
measuring  160,586  tons.  San  Juan,  Mayagiies,  Ponce,  Guayama, 
Aguadilla,  Naguabo,  and  Arecibo  are  the  principal  ports. 

Government,  etc. — The  government,  laws,  and  institutions  are  nearly 
similar  to  those  established  by  Spain  in  her  other  Transatlantic  posses- 
sions. Porto  Rico  is  governed  by  a  captain-general,  whose  authority  is 
supreme  in  military  affairs,  and  who  is  president  of  the  Audiencia  Real 
in  civil  affairs.  In  the  towns  which  are  capitals  of  districts,  justice  is 
administered  by  mayors  or  judges  of  the  first  instance,  and  in  the  smaller 
towns  and  villages  by  inferior  magistrates  called  alcaldes.  The  Real 
Audiencia  is  the  supreme  court  of  the  island,  and  is  held  at  the  capital. 
District  courts  are  held  at  the  capital,  Arecibo,  Aguadilla,  Mayagiies, 
San  German,  Ponce,  Caguas,  and  Humacao.  Each  of  the  eight  districts 
has  its  military  commandant.  The  regular  land  force  consists  of  three 
European  regiments,  each  of  900  men,  a  brigade  of  artillery,  six  batal- 
lions  of  disciplined  militia  infantry,  and  a  regiment  of  cavalry — in  all 
about  10,000  men;  and  the  militia  numbers  about  45,000  in  all.  The 
naval  force,  which  is  essentially  a  section  of  the  Habana  fleet,  consists 
of  a  ship  of  war,  a  schooner,  and  some  score  gun-boats.  The  people  are 
w^holly  Roman  Catholic,  and  are  under  a  bishop.  Education  has  of 
late  years  been  attended  to,  and  is  now  accessible  to  all,  either  in  the 
free  schools  or  at  private  establishments  in  all  the  larger  towns. 

Chief  Towns,  etc. — Porto  Rico  (San  Juan  de),  the  principal  city,  and  a 
fine  sea-port,  is  situate  on  the  north  coast  in  lat.  17°  56^,  and  long. 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — BEITISH    ISLANDS. 


35 


66'^  10^.  It  stands  on  a  small  island  connected  with  the  mainland  by  a 
bridge,  and  is  surrounded  by  strong  fortifications.  It  has  six  churches 
and  chapels,  the  bishop's  palace,  a  military  hospital,  theatre,  town- 
house,  jail,  custom-house,  arsenal,  etc.,  and  is  the  seat  of  government 
and  superior  courts  of  the  island.  The  harbor  is  very  spacious,  and 
capable  of  accommodating  vessels  of  the  largest  size.  It  is  one  of  the 
best  regulated  and  most  healthy  towns  of  the  West  Indies. 
History. — Columbus  discovered  Porto  Rico  in  1493,  at  which  period  it  is 
said  to  have  had  a  population  of  600,000  or  800,000  souls.  In  1509  it 
was  invaded  by  the  Spaniards  from  Hayti,  who  in  a  few  years  extermi- 
nated the  natives  and  took  possession  of  the  island.  In  the  latter  part 
of  the  seventeenth  century  it  was  captured  by  the  English ;  but  soon 
after  abandoned  on  account  of  mortality  among  the  troops.  From  this 
time  it  has  been  free  from  foreign  aggression  ;  but  in  1820  a  revolution 
was  attempted  in  favor  of  separation  from  the  mother-country,  and  inde- 
pendence.    This  was  subdued  in  1823. 


BRITISH    ISLANDS 


The  British  West  Indies  consist  of — the  Bahamas,  the  island  of  Jamaica, 
several  of  the  Caribbean  Islands,  and  a  number  of  small  islands  of  the 
Virgin  group.  In  a  more  extended  sense,  the  term  applies  also  to  the 
Bermuda  Islands  in  North  America,  Honduras,  and  the  Bay  Islands  in 
Central  America,  and  the  colonies  of  Guayana  in  South  America ;  but 
these  are  more  conveniently  described  in  connection  with  the  geograph- 
ical sections  to  which  they  properly  belong.  The  islands  included  in 
the  political  family  to  which  reference  is  now  had  are  as  follows  . 


Islands.  Area,  sq.  m. 

Bahamas.... 5,094 

Turk's  and  the  Caicos 430 

Jamaica ^■?9? 

Caymans 


Trinidad ' 

Tobagro 

Grenada,  etc 

St.  Vincent 

Barbadoes 

St.  Lucia 

Dominica 

Montserrat 

Antiscua 

St.  Christopher  . . 

Nevis 

Barbuda 

Anguilla J 


2.020 

144 

155 

132 

166 

296 

274 

47 

108 

68 

21 

72 

84 


Virgin  Islands 92 

Total 15,663 


Popnla. 

27,519 

4.428 

377.433 

1.760 

68,645 

13,208 

32,671 

30,128 

135.930 

24,516 

22,061 

7,653 

37.757 

23,177 

9,601 

1,707 

3,052 

6,689 

835,944 


Pop.  to  sq 

5.4 

10.3 

60.4 

6.7 

.33.9 

94.9 

210.7 

228.2 

818.9 

82.8 

80.5 

163.8 

349.6 

340.8 

457.2 

23.7 

89.8 

72.7 

53.8 


Capitals.  Fopula. 

JSTassau 8,400 

Grand  Turk 2,000 

Spanish  Town 6,300 

Georgetown 200 

Puerto  d'Espana 12,000 

Scarboro' 1,400 

St.  Georgetown 1,800 

Kingstown 5,300 

Bndgetotvn 22,000 

Castries 2,600 

Roseau 4,800 

Plymouth 1,400 

St.  John's 14,600 

Basse-Terre 7,600 

Charlestown 1,800 

Barbuda  Castle — 

Anguilla 300 

Torlola 2,700 


36  THE    WEST    INDIES  — BRITISH    ISLANDS. 

— about  four-fifths  of  the  population  are  blacks  and  other  colored  races, 
and  the  remainder  Europeans  and  their  descendants.  In  St.  Vincent  and 
Trinidad  a  few  hundred  of  the  aboriginal  Caribs  still  remain. 
The  Bahamas  or  Lucayos  are  a  group  or  archipelago  which  extends  in  a 
crescent- like  form  from  Matanilla  Pi.eef,  in  lat.  27°  50^,  to  the  north-west 
side  of  Santo  Domingo,  in  about  lat.  21°  north,  and  occupy  a  large  por- 
tion of  the  space  included  between  the  72d  and  79th  meridians.  The 
principal  islands  are  situate  on  those  remarkable  flats  called  the  Bahama 
Banks,  to  the  east  of  Florida  channel.     The  inhabited  islands  are  : 


Islands.  Area,  sq.  m.  Popiila. 

Harbor  Island S 1,840 

Eleuthera,  etc 223 4,610 

New  Providence 101 8,159 

Eum  Cayo  and  Acklin's ...     32 S58 

Crooked  Island 252 1,092 

San  Salvador  or  Cat  Island  379 1,828 

Exuma,  Little  and  Great. .  142 2,027 

Long  Island 239 1,47* 

Abaco,  etc 501 2,011 


Islands.  Area,  sq.  m.        Popula. 

Eagged  Islands 5 347 

Andros  ....  I                          -rnnj 1,030 

GreenCavof '^''l 7 

Grand  Bahama 451 922 

Berry  Islands |          q.  J 236 

Bimini  and  Gun  Cayo  r  ••  **^  }...;..  150 

Watling  Island 44 384 

Inagna'^ClIeneagug) 376 530 

Cayo  Sal  and  Anguilla 16 71 


— the  approximate  area  of  the  whole  group  is  stated  at  5,094  square 
miles.  Population  in  1841,  23,401,  and  in  1851,  27,519.  The  princi- 
pal exports  consist  of  salt,  fruit,  sponge,  shells,  turtle,  dye-woods,  bark, 
and  fustic.  In  1851  the  exports  were  valued  at  $182,022,  and  the  im- 
ports at  S445,229.  The  shipping  in  the  trade  amounted  to  31,117  tons, 
and  the  shipping  belonging  to  the  island  to  144  vessels  of  3,978  tons. 
The  government  consists  of  a  governor,  council,  and  house  of  assembly. 
In  1851  the  revenue  was  $125,304.  and  the  expenditures  $120,326. 
The  Bahamas  are  in  the  diocese  of  Jamaica.  Nassau,  on  New  Provi- 
dence, is  the  seat  of  government.  San  Salvador  is  noted  as  the  first 
American  land  discovered  by  Columbus  in  1492.  The  islands  were 
settled  by  the  English  in  1666. 

Turk's  Island  and  the  Caicos,  which  are  physically  a  portion  of  the 
Bahama  group,  were  erected  into  a  presidency  under  Jamaica  in  1848. 
They  lie  south-east  of  the  Bahama  government,  between  Caicos  and 
Mouchoir  Carre  passages.  Area  430  square  miles :  population  4,428. 
Salt  is  the  staple  of  export.  The  government  is  vested  in  a  president 
and  council  of  eight  members.     The  president  resides  on  Grand  Turk. 

Jamaica  is  the  largest  of  the  British  islands.  It  lies  between  lat.  17°  43' 
and  18°  32'  north,  and  long.  76o  05'  and  78°  26'  west;  length  146  and 
breadth  49  miles,  and  area  6,250  square  miles. 

The  island  is  traversed  by  lofty  mountains.  The  Blue  Mountains,  occu- 
pying the  centre,  stretch  east  and  west,  and  vary  in  elevation  from  7.000 
to  8,000  feet.  The  more  elevated  ridges  are  flanked  by  lower  ranges 
descending  to  verdant  savannahs,  and  are  covered  with  stately  forests. 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — BRITISH    ISLANDS.  37 

These  hills  present  the  characteristics  of  the  limestone  formation,  of 
which  they  consist,  and  caverns  occur  in  several  places,  and  some  of 
them  are  very  extensivb.  Jamaica  is  well- watered,  having  numerous 
small  rivers,  rivulets,  and  springs,  but  none  of  the  first,  except  Black 
River,  are  navigable.  The  cultivated  products  are  sugar,  indigo,  coffee, 
and  a  little  cotton.  The  quantity  of  sugar  produced  averages  41,678 
hogsheads.  Horned  cattle  and  mules  are  numerous,  and  sheep,  goats, 
and  hogs  abound.  The  horses  are  fit  only  for  the  saddle.  Fish  of 
many  kinds  are  found  on  the  coast  and  in  the  rivers.  The  principal  ex- 
ports, besides  the  above  named,  are  arrow-root,  pimento,  rum,  ginger, 
cocoa,  logwood,  molasses,  and  tobacco.  The  exports  in  1851  were  val- 
ued at  $5,128j224,  and  the  imports  at  $5,366,808. 

The  population  in  1848  numbered  377,433  souls.  At  the  present 
time  it  is  supposed  to  be  much  less,  since  the  cholera  of  1851-52  carried 
off"  about  40,000,  a  number  not  supplemented  by  natural  increase. 

Government  is  adrninistered  by  a  governor  and  council  appointed  by 
the  crown,  and  a  house  of  assembly,  the  members  of  which  are  elected 
by  the  freeholders.  The  military  establishment  generally  comprises 
four  European  regiments  of  the  line,  one  West  India  regiment,  a  strong 
detachment  of  artillery,  and  the  colonial  militia.  The  revenue  in  1851 
amounted  to  $866,736,  and  the  expenditures  to  $1,049, 511.  The  church 
is  presided  over  by  a  bishop,  whose  diocese  extends  over  the  Bahamas  and 
Honduras.  Education  is  rapidly  extending,  and  in  1850  there  were  in 
the  island  8  free  schools  connected  with  the  established  church,  82  public 
schools,  and  9  free  schools  supported  by  the  government,  46  Wesleyan 
mission  schools,  21  Moravian,  1  Catholic,  2  Jews,  and  33  other  schools. 

Spanish  Town,  the  capital,  and  Kingston,  the  chief  port,  16  miles  dis- 
tant, are  connected  by  railway.  The  other  towns  are  Montego  Bay, 
Falmouth,  and  Lucea  on  the  north  coast,  and  Morant  Bay  on  the  south ; 
besides  which  there  are  the  smaller  towns  of  Black  River,  Savanna-la- 
Mar,  and  Port  Morant  on  the  south,  and  St.  Ann's  Bay,  Port  Maria, 
Anatto,  and  Antonio  on  the  north  coast. 

Jamaica  was  discovered  by  Columbus  in  1494,  and  was  first  colonized 
by  Spaniards  in  1503.  It  remained  subject  to  the  crown  of  Spain  until 
1655,  when  it  was  taken  by  the  English. 
The  Caymans,  consisting  of  three  principal  islands,  viz.,  Grand  Cayman, 
Little  Cayman,  and  Caymanbrac,  are  distant  west-north-west  from 
Jamaica,  of  which  government  they  are  dependencies,  between  140  and 
200  miles,  and  are  situate  between  lat.  19°  10^  and  19°  45^  north,  and 
long.  79°  30^  and  81°  35^  west.     Area  about  260  square  miles.     Grand 


38  THE    WEST    INDIES  — BRITISH    ISLANDS. 

Cayman,  which  is  the  only  one  inhabited,  is  20  miles  long,  and  from  7 
to  10  miles  wide;  and  is  covered  with  cocoa-nut  trees.  On  the  west 
side  is  Georgetown,  a  large  village ;  but  the  other  parts  are  thinly  peo- 
pled. The  chief  occupation  of  the  natives  is  in  catching  turtle  for  the 
markets  of  Jamaica  and  other  islands. 
Trinidad,  the  most  southerly  of  the  islands,  is  separated  from  the  main- 
land of  South  America  only  by  the  Gulf  of  Paria,  and  is  evidently  a 
section  of  the  continent.  Tt  is  about  90  miles  long  by  50  wide,  and  con- 
tains about  2,020  square  miles.  The  population  in  1851  numbered 
68,645,  of  which  about  4,000  are  of  European  origin,  and  the  remainder, 
except  some  600  aborigines,  consists  of  Africans  and  their  descendants. 

Approached  from  the  north,  Trinidad  appears  like  an  immense  ridge 
of  rocks — its  east  and  south  shores  are  also  rocky  and  high ;  but  on  the 
south,  or  side  next  the  Gulf  of  Paria,  it  presents  one  of  the  most  magnif- 
icent panoramas  imaginable — the  hills,  valleys,  and  plains  being  cover- 
ed with  perennial  verdure.  The  mountain  chains  run  west  and  east — 
in  the  north,  near  the  sea,  they  attain  an  elevation  of  3,000  feet ;  in  the 
centre  is  a  less  elevated  group,  and  in  the  south  a  series  of  beautiful 
hills  and  knolls,  among  which  numerous  delightful  valleys  occur.  In 
the  intervals  between  these  ranges  are  several  extensive  plains,  stretch- 
ing nearly  across  the  island.  These  plains  are  bountifully  watered. 
The  principal  rivers  are  the  Caroni,  the  Oropuche,  and  the  Ortoire — the 
first  two  navigable.  The  nucleus  of  the  mountains  is  a  very  dense 
argillaceous  schist.  There  is  no  granite  on  the  island ;  but  blocks  of 
milky  quartz  are  found  in  every  valley.  Gypsum  and  limestone  are 
rare.  Near  Point  Icaque,  forming  the  south-west  extremity  of  the  land, 
are  several  mud  volcanoes ;  and  submarine  volcanoes  also  occur  on  both 
sides  of  the  island — one  on  the  west,  near  Cape  Brea,  which  frequently 
discharges  petroleum,  and  the  other,  near  Cape  Mayero,  which  in  March 
and  June  gives  detonations  resembling  thunder,  succeeded  by  flames  and 
smoke,  and  afterward  ejecting  bitumen.  But  the  most  remarkable 
phenomena  of  this  kind  in  the  island  is  the  asphaltum  or  pitch  lake,  sit- 
uate in  the  leeward  side,  on  a  small  peninsula  jutting  into  the  sea  a  little 
to  the  north-east  of  Guapo  Bay.  Several  attempts  have  been  made  to 
ascertain  the  depth  of  the  lake,  but  no  bottom  has  ever  been  found.  The 
climate  is  apparently  less  unhealthy  than  that  of  many  of  the  other 
islands.  Abundant  dews  cool  and  invigorate  the  atmosphere,  and  give 
an  unrivaled  luxuriance  to  vegetation.  The  soil  is  generally  fertile,  and 
the  elevated  parts  are  mostly  covered  with  dense  forests,  among  which 
the  red  cedar  and  various  palms  are  conspicuous. 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — BEITISH    ISLANDS.  39 

The  chief  crop  of  Trinidad  is  cocoa.  The  other  exportable  products 
are  sugar,  molasses,  rum,  and  coffee,  small  quantities  of  cotton  and  gin- 
ger, and  asphaltum  from  the  pitch  lake.  The  exports  of  1851  were 
valued  at  $1,383,696,  and  the  imports  at  $1,996,512. 

Trinidad  is  a  crown  colony,  the  public  affairs  being  administered  by 
a  governor,  assisted  by  an  executive  and  a  legislative  committee.  The 
revenue  in  1851  amounted  to  $425,568,  and  the  expenditures  were 
$371,532.  Schools  are  established  in  the  towns,  and  considerable  prog- 
ress has  been  made  in  educational  matters.  The  great  body  of  the  peo- 
ple (43,605)  are  Catholics.  Puerto  d^Espana,  on  the  north-west  side 
of  the  island,  is  the  capital,  and  one  of  the  finest  towns  in  the  West 
Indies.  Trinidad  has  numerous  other  good  harbors  on  its  west  and  also 
south  coasts,  particularly  on  the  former.  On  the  east  and  north  shores 
but  few  occur,  and  those  indifferent.  The  island  was  discovered  by 
Columbus  in  1498,  and  taken  from  the  Spaniards  by  the  British  in  1797. 

Tobago  is  situate  24  miles  north-east  of  Trinidad.  Its  length,  north-east 
and  south-west,  is  32  miles,  and  its  greatest  breadth  about  12  miles. 
Area  144  square  miles.  Population  13,208.  It  is  one  entire  mass  of 
rocks,  rising  with  a  steep  ascent  on  the  north-east,  and  descending  grad- 
ually toward  the  south-west,  with  some  small  but  picturesque  valleys 
intervening.  The  greatest  height  of  the  rock  is  900  feet.  The  wester;i 
part  is  the  least  mountainous,  and  on  the  south  terminates  in  broken 
plains  and  lowlands.  The  island  is  well  watered  by  streams  and  riv- 
ulets rising  in  the  interior  and  passing  through  the  lowlands  to  the  sea. 
It  has  several  good  harbors  along  the  north  coast  for  vessels  of  150  tons, 
and  a  few  also  on  the  south  coast.  The  climate  is  extremely  unhealthy. 
The  chief  and  almost  exclusive  products  are  sugar,  rum,  and  molasses. 
In  1851  the  exports  were  valued  at  $254,554,  and  the  imports  at 
$1 10,040.  Government  is  administered  by  a  lieutenant-governor,  assist- 
ed by  a  council,  both  appointed  by  the  crown.  The  legislature  consists 
of  the  above  and  a  house  of  assembly  of  16  elected  members.  Revenue 
in  1851,  $42,317  ;  expenditures,  $42,331.  Scarloro\  on  the  south-west 
side  of  the  island,  is  the  seat  of  government,  and  the  principal  shipping 
port.  Georgetown^  farther  east,  is  also  a  port.  The  island  was  dis- 
covered by  Columbus  in  1496,  and  ceded  to  Great  Britain  by  France 
in  1763. 

Grenada  is  situate  about  72  miles  north  of  Trinidad.  It  is  of  an  oblong 
form,  and  extends  north  and  south  24  miles,  with  a  maximum  breadth 
of  10  miles.  Area  about  125  square  miles;  but  including  the  Grena- 
dines, several  small  islands  between  Grenada  and  St.  Vincent,  about 


40  THE    WEST    INDIES  — BRITISH    ISLANDS. 

155  square  miles.  Population  32,671.  Grenada  is  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  of  the  West  India  Islands.  Irregular  masses  of  volcanic 
mountains,  in  some  parts  3,000  feet  high,  traverse  it  north  and  south, 
and  from  these  hills  of  less  height  branch  off  in  lateral  directions.  The 
intervening  valleys  are  well  watered  by  rivulets  rising  in  the  mountains. 
The  soils  are  various,  but  consist  principally  of  a  rich  black  or  reddish 
colored  mold,  well  adapted  to  every  tropical  production.  Cotton  was 
formerly  the  chief  article  of  culture ;  but  at  present  sugar,  rum,  and 
molasses  stand  first  in  the  exports,  which  amounted  in  1851  to  i$646,925. 
The  imports  for  the  same  year  were  valued  at  $762,864.  The  govern- 
ment consists  of  a  lieutenant-governor  and  a  legislature,  consisting  of  a 
council  and  a  house  of  assembly.  The  revenue  for  1851  amounted  to 
$81,388,  and  the  expenditures  to  $76,023.  St.  Georgetown^  in  the  south- 
west of  the  island,  is  the  seat  of  government  and  centre  of  trade.  On 
the  south  coast  there  is  good  anchorage  at  Egmont  Harbor,  and  on  the 
east  at  Grenville  Bay.  Grenada  was  discovered  by  Columbus  in  1498; 
colonized  by  the  French  in  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century ;  taken 
by  the  British  in  1762;  recaptured  in  1779,  and  restored  in  1783. 
St.  Vincent  is  situate  about  90  miles  north  of  Grenada,  and  the  same  dis- 
tance west  of  Barbadoes,  The  island  is  about  18  miles  long  and  11 
miles  wide,  with  an  area  of  132  square  miles.  Population  30,128. 
The  central  mountains  of  St.  Vincent  are  bold,  sharp,  and  abrupt  in 
their  terminations,  and  are  clothed  in  magnificent  forests.  The  valleys 
between  the  spurs  open  on  approaching  the  coast,  which  is  bold  and 
rocky.  These  are  well  watered  and  very  fertile.  On  the  north-east 
the  surface  is  more  level  and  less  broken ;  and  there  is  a  large  tract  at 
the  base  of  the  Souffriere,  an  extinct  volcano  3,000  feet  high,  gradually 
declining  toward  the  sea,  and  which  is  the  most  productive  land  of  the 
colony.  The  climate  is  remarkably  fine.  The  principal  products  are 
sugar,  rum,  and  molasses;  and  in  less  quantities  coffee,  cocoa,  and  cot- 
ton. These,  with  dyewoods,  arrow-root,  etc.,  form  the  exports,  the 
value  of  which  in  1851  was  $1,048,896.  The  imports  for  the  same 
year  were  valued  at  $953,664.  The  government  consists  of  a  lieuten- 
ant-governor, a  council,  and  assembly.  The  revenue  of  1851  amounted 
to  $78,264,  and  the  expenditures  to  $77,856.  Bequia,  and  a  number 
of  other  small  islands  are  dependencies  of  St.  Vincent.  Kingstown, 
the  capital,  is  situate  on  a  deep  bay  near  the  south-west  extremity  of  the 
island,  and  is  a  strongly  fortified  town.  The  other  principal  places  are 
Calliagua,  Georgetown,  and  Princestown.  St.  Vincent  was  discovered 
by  Columbus  on  the  2 2d  January,  1498.     Since  1719  it  had  been  occu- 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — BRITISH    ISLANDS.  41 

pied  successively  by  the  French  and  English ;  but  in  1783  it  was  finally 
ceded  to  the  latter  nation. 

St.  Lucia  lies  21  miles  north  by  east  from  St.  Vincent,  and  20  miles  south 
of  Martinique;  and  is  27  miles  in  length  and  14  miles  wide.  Area 
296  square  miles  ;  population  24,516.  It  is  evidently  of  volcanic  origin, 
and,  with  exception  of  the  plains  of  Gros  Islet  in  the  north,  and  of  Vieux- 
Fort  in  the  south,  has  an  elevated,  rugged,  and  mountainous  surface. 
Several  of  the  heights  have,  at  no  remote  period,  been  volcanoes,  and  in 
one  of  them,  called  Souffriere,  volcanic  agency  is  still  active.  The 
greater  part  of  the  island,  and  especially  the  more  mountainous  parts, 
are  covered  with  masses  of  dense  and  gloomy  forests ;  but  the  valleys 
and  lower  heights,  the  soil  of  which  consists  of  decomposed  lava,  possess 
almost  inexhaustible  fertility.  This  advantage,  however,  is  counter- 
balanced by  the  general  unheal thiness  of  the  climate.  The  staple  pro- 
duct is  sugar  cane,  the  cultivation  of  which  is  rapidly  increasing.  The 
exports  of  sugar  amounted  in  1847  to  41,850  cwts.,  in  1849  to  67,405 
cwts.,  and  in  1852  to  73,484  cwts.  The  exportation  of  coffee,  which  in 
1842  amounted  to  151,837  lbs.,  has  now  nearly  ceased.  Molasses,  rum, 
and  cocoa  are  also  important  articles  of  export.  In  1851  the  total  value 
of  exports  was  $235,809,  and  of  imports  S290,582.  The  government  is 
administered  by  a  lieutenant-governor  and  legislative  council.  The  old 
French  laws  are  still  in  force.  Revenue  $56,402,  and  expenditures 
$51,048.  Castries^  at  the  bottom  of  a  fine  bay  on  the  north-east  side  of 
the  island,  is  the  capital.  The  other  chief  places  are — Vieux-Fort,  La- 
borie,  and  Port  Souffriere.  Pidgeon  Island,  off"  the  north-west  coast,  is 
the  seat  of  a  military  establishment.  St.  Lucia  was  settled  by  the  En- 
glish in  1635,  but  was  subsequently  and  at  various  times  occupied  by 
the  French.     In  1803  it  was  finally  ceded  to  Great  Britain. 

Barbadoes  is  the  most  eastern  of  the  islands.  It  appears  quite  detached 
from  the  Caribbean  chain,  being  90  miles  eastward  of  St.  Vincent,  the 
nearest  island.  Length  15,  and  breadth  10  miles;  area  166  square 
miles.  The  eastern  and  northern  coasts  are  belted  with  coral  reefs, 
which  prevent,  the  approach  of  vessels  of  more  than  50  tons.  The  open 
coast  on  the  south  and  west  has  been  strongly  fortified.  The  surface 
of  the  island  is  comparatively  low,  and  is  diversified  by  gently  undu- 
lating hills.  In  the  north,  however,  Mt.  Hillaby  rises  to  the  height  of 
1,147  feet.  The  climate  is  hot,  but  not  unhealthy.  The  soils  vary 
considerably,  but  in  the  lowlands  are  very  rich.  The  rock  that  supplies 
this  soil  is  a  tertiary  shell  limestone.  There  are  several  bituminous 
springs,  some  of  which  furnish  a  green  tar,  used  as  a  substitute  for  pitch 


42  THE    WEST    INDIES  — BRITISH    ISLANDS. 

and  lamp  oil.  Destructive  hurricanes  are  frequent.  The  cultivated 
crops  are  sugar-cane,  cotton,  ginger,  etc.  The  sugar  crop  of  1850 
amounted  to  35,076,  and  of  1851  to  38,730  hogsheads.  These,  with 
arrow-root,  aloes,  etc.,  form  the  staples  of  export.  In  1851  the  value 
of  exports  was  $4,260,609,  and  of  imports  $3,791,889.  Tonnage  in- 
ward 96.381  tons,  and  outward  93,303;  and  34  vessels  (1,293  tons)  are 
owned  in  the  colony.  The  "governor  of  Barbadoes  is  also  superior  gov- 
ernor of  all  the  Windward  Islands.  The  legislature  comprises  the  gov- 
ernor, a  council,  and  house  of  assembly,  the  latter  two  elective.  Bar- 
badoes is  also  the  see  of  the  Windward  diocese.  There  are  in  the  colony 
11  churches  and  34  chapels  of  the  establishment,  besides  those  belonging 
to  other  denominations.  The  chief  educational  establishment  is  Cod- 
rington  College;  and  in  1850  the  various  schools  were  attended  by 
8,852  scholars.  The  public  revenue  in  1851  amounted  to  $259,506,  and 
the  expenditures  to  $225,888.  Bridgetown^  the  capital,  is  situate  on 
Carlisle  Bay,  at  the  south-west  end  of  the  island.  This  is  also  the  chief 
shipping  port.  There  are  three  other  towns,  called  Oistin's,  St.  James', 
and  Speight's — the  first  two  are  little  more  than  hamlets.  Speight's 
Town  is  a  place  of  considerable  importance.  The  island  was  settled 
by  the  English  in  1605,  and  was  the  first  in  these  parts  colonized  by  that 
nation.  It  is  at  the  present  day  the  most  prosperous  and  progressive  of 
all  the  British  West  India  colonies. 

Dominica  lies  between  the  French  islands  of  Martinique  and  Guadaloupe, 
and  is  28  miles  long,  with  a  mean  breadth  of  10  miles.  Area  274  square 
miles  ;  population  22.061.  The  existence  of  pumice,  sulphur,  etc.,  attests 
its  volcanic  origin.  Surface  mountainous — Morne  Diabloten,  the  highest 
summit,  is  5,300  feet  above  the  sea.  Valleys  fertile,  and  watered  by 
numerous  streams.  The  island  contains  abundance  of  timber.  Shores 
but  little  indented,  and  devoid  of  harbors.  The  principal  products  are 
sugar,  molasses,  rum,  coffee,  cocoa,  oranges,  and  cotton.  In  1851  the 
value  of  exports  was  $300,309,  and  of  imports  $344,774.  The  fisheries 
off  the  coast  are  very  productive.  The  government  consists  of  a  lieu- 
tenant-governor, council,  and  assembly  of  20  members.  Revenue  in  1851, 
$61,925,  and  expenditures  $60,587.  The  principal  towns  are — Roseau 
or  Charlotte  Town,  the  capital,  on  the  south-west  side,  and  Portsmouth^ 
on  Prince  Rupert's  Bay,  on  the  north-west.  Dominica  was  discovered 
in  1493,  and  was  claimed  alternately  by  England,  France,  and  Spain, 
but  was  finally  ceded  to  Great  Britain  in  1763. 

MoNTSERRAT,  nearly  equidistant  (30  miles)  from  Nevis,  Antigua,  and 
Guadaloupe,  is  of  an  oval  form,  10  miles  long  and  about  7  miles  wide. 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — BRITISH    ISLANDS  43 


Area  47  square  miles  ;  population  7,653.  The  east  side  of  the  island  is 
mountainous  and  covered  with  forests.  On  the  west  the  land  slopes 
down  toward  the  sea.  Sugar,  rum,  and  molasses  are  the  chief  products 
of  cultivation.  Cotton,  arrow-root,  and  tamarinds  are  also  among  its 
exports.  Value  of  exports  in  1851,  $84,710,  and  of  imports  $45,595. 
Government  is  administered  by  a  president,  council,  and  house  of  assem- 
bly. Revenue  $16,061,  expenditures  $14,751.  Plymouth^  the  capital, 
is  on  the  south-west  side  of  the  island.  Montserrat  was  discovered  by 
Columbus  in  1493,  and  in  1632  settled  by  the  English. 

Antigua,  the  chief  island  of  the  Leeward  group,  lies  about  48  miles  east 
of  St.  Christopher,  and  is  about  18  miles  long  and  9  broad.  Area  108 
square  miles  •  population  37.757.  The  shores  are  high  and  rocky,  and 
indented  on  all  sides  by  harbors,  bays,  and  creeks,  and  lined  on  the  north 
and  east  with  a  number  of  small  rocky  islets.  The  only  elevated  land 
is  a  range  of  rocky  hills,  called  the  Sheckerly  Mountains,  which  nowhere 
exceed  1,500  feet  in  height.  There  are  no  rivers  on  the  island^ and  its 
springs  are  brackish.  The  principal  exportable  products  are  sugar,  rum, 
molasses,  rice,  arrow-root,  and  tobacco.  In  1847  the  exports  were  val- 
ued at  $1,774,034,  and  in  1851  at  $277,070,  and  the  imports  of  the 
respective  years  at  $1,046,390  and  $785,390.  The  falling  off  in  the  ex- 
ports is  attributed  to  severe  drouth.  Government  is  vested  in  a  gov- 
ernor, council,  and  assembly.  The  governor  is  also  governor-in-chief 
of  the  Leeward  Islands.  Revenue  in  1851,  $103,987,  expenditures 
$99,086.  The  diocese  of  Antigua  also  includes  all  the  Leeward  Islands. 
St.  John,  the  capital,  is  built  on  the  north-west  side  of  the  island,  and 
at  the  bottom  of  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  which  forms  an  excellent 
harbor.  English  Harbor,  on  the  south  side,  has  a  government  dock-yard, 
and  is  capable  of  receiving  the  largest  ships.  Antigua  was  discovered 
by  Columbus  in  1493,  and  settled  by  the  English  in  1632.  The  island 
has  suffered  severely  from  earthquakes  and  hurricanes. 

St.  Christopher,  to  the  west  of  Antigua,  lies  north-west  and  south-east, 
17  miles  in  length  and  6  miles  broad,  and  is  separated  from  Nevis  by  a 
strait  only  a  mile  and  a  half  wide.  Area  68  square  miles ;  population 
23,177.  The  centre  of  the  island  is  occupied  by  rugged,  barren  mount- 
ains, which  contain  some  hot  springs.  The  highest  point,  called  Mount 
Misery,  3,711  feet  above  the  sea,  is  an  exhausted  volcano,  the  crater  of 
which  is  still  apparent.  The  soil  of  the  plain  is  chiefly  a  dark-gray 
loam.  Sugar  is  the  principal  object  of  cultivation,  and  of  this  the  crop 
in  1851  amounted  to  7, 270. hogsheads.  Rum  and  molasses  are  also  ex- 
ported.    The  value  of  exports  in  1851  amounted  to  $541,191,  and  of 


44  THE    WEST    INDIES  — BRITISH    ISLANDS. 

imports  to  $510,144.  The  island  is  governed  by  a  lieutenant-governor, 
and  sends  10  members  to  the  Anfigua  assembly.  The  revenue  in  1851 
amounted  to  $94,392,  and  the  expenditures  to  $70,426.  Basseterre^  the 
capital,  is  situate  on  the  south-side  of  the  island.  St.  Christopher  was 
discovered  by  Columbus  in  1493,  and  settled  by  the  English  in  1623.  In 
1782,  and  again  in  1805,  it  was  taken  by  the  French,  but  not  retained. 

Nevis,  off  the  south-east  extremity  of  St.  Christopher,  consists  almost  en- 
tirely of  a  single  conical  mountain  of  volcanic  origin,  rising  with  a  gentle 
ascent  from  the  sea  to  a  height  of  2,500  feet,  and  surrounded  at  the  base 
by  a  level  border  of  extremely  fertile  land.  Area  21  square  miles ;  pop- 
ulation 9,601.  Only  about  one-fourth  the  surface  is  capable  of  cultiva- 
tion, the  high  parts  being  rocky  and  barren.  The  exportable  products 
are  sugar,  rum,  and  molasses.  Exports  in  1851,  $112,656,  and  imports 
$79,094.  The  island  is  governed  by  an  administrative  council  and  as- 
sembly. Revenue  in  1850,  $23,821.  Charlestown  is  the  capital,  Nevis 
was  firgj;  colonized  by  the  English,  in  1628. 

Barbuda,  27  miles  north  of  Antigua,  is  a  low,  level,  and  fertile  island.  It 
is  the  private  property  of  the  Codrington  family,  and  the  only  proprietary 
government  in  the  West  Indies.  The  inhabitants,  chiefly  colored,  are 
employed  in  breeding  stock  and  the  cultivation  of  corn,  cotton,  pepper, 
indigo,  and  tobacco.  No  sugar  is  grown.  The  air  is  so  mild  and  pure 
that  invalids  from  other  islands  resort  here  for  the  restoration  of  health. 

Anguilla  is  the  most  northern  of  the  Leeward  Islands,  and  distant  about 
five  miles  from  St.  Martin's.  It  is  16  miles  long  and  4  broad,  but  so 
low  and  flat  that  it  can  not  be  seen  at  a  great  distance.  Area  34  square 
miles;  population  3,052.  The  soil  is  calcareous  and  not  very  produc- 
tive. In  the  centre  of  the  island  is  a  saline  lake,  which  yields  a  large 
quantity  of  salt.  The  inhabitants  are  chiefly  engaged  in  cattle-breeding 
and  salt-raking,  and  also  cultivate  small  quantities  of  sugar,  cotton,  and 
tobacco.  The  island  is  governed  by  a  magistrate  elected  by  the  colo- 
nists, but  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  governor  of  Antigua.  The  town 
is  situate  on  the  east  side  and  near  the  north-east  end  of  the  island ;  it 
is  a  small  place,  with  little  trade.  Anguilla  was  settled  by  the  English 
in  1659.     Anguilleta,  Dog,  and  other  islets,  lie  off  the  coast. 

Virgin  Islands  are  a  group  east  of  Porto  Rico,  and  are  severally  in  the 
possession  of  Spain,  Great  Britain,  and  Denmark.  The  islands  belong- 
ing to  the  British  are  Tortola,  Virgin  Gorda  or  Penniston,  Jos  Van  Dykes, 
Guana,  Beef,  Thatch.  Anegada,  Nichar,  Prickly  Pear,  Camanas,  Gin- 
ger, Cooper's,  Salt,  St.  Peter,  etc.  Area  92  square  miles;  population 
6,689.     Throughout  these  islands  a  series  of  precipitous  and  rugged 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — FRENCH    ISLANDS.  46 

mountains  and  rocks  run  east  and  west ;  and  the  shores  are  indented 
with  bays,  harbors,  and  creeks.  The  principal  products  are  cotton,  sugar, 
molasses,  rum, "etc.  In  1851  the  exports  were  valued  at  $13,701,  and 
the  imports  at  $23,742.  The  affairs  of  the  island  are  administered  by  a 
lieutenant-governor  with  a  council  and  assembly.  Tortola^  on  the  island 
of  the  same  name,  is  the  capital,  and  has  a  magnificent  harbor,  perfectly 
land-locked,  which  in  time  of  war  has  sheltered  400  vessels  waiting  for 
convoy.  The  Virgins  were  discovered  by  Columbus  in  1493 ;  settled  by 
the  Datch  in  1648,  and  captured  by  the  English  in  1666. 


THE    FRENCH    ISLANDS. 
The  French  West  Indies  are  comprised  in  the  governments  of  Guada- 
loupe  and  Martinique.     Area  1,013  square  miles.     Population  276,453. 

THE    GUADALOUPE    GOVERNMENT. 

GuADALoupE  comprises  the  island  so  called,  the  islands  of  Marie-Galante, 
Desirade,  and  Les  Saintes,  and  about  two-thirds  of  the  island  of  St.  Martin. 

Islands.                                Area,  sq.  m.  Popula.  ("1849).  Pop.  to  aq.  in.  Chief  Places.                    Popula. 

Guadaloupe 529  134,574               254.4           B asse-Tekre 3,876 

Marie-Galante 59  12,749               216.1            Grandbourg 1,200 

Desirade 17  2,56S               151.0           Anse-Galet 400 


Popula.  ri849). 

Pop.  to  aq.  in 

134,574 

254.4 

12,749 

216.1 

2,56S 

151.0 

1,311 

262.5 

3,773 

179.7 

Les  Saintes 5 

St.  Martiu  (N.  part) 21  3,773  179.7  Marigot. 

Total 631  154,975  245.6 

— of  the  population  about  three-fourths  the  whole  are  Africans  and  their 
descendants,  and  the  remainder  French,  Creoles,  and  mixed  races. 

Guadaloupe^  the  largest  of  the  islands,  is  composed  of  two  divisions  or 
islands,  separated  by  a  strait  called  Riviere  Salee  (Salt  River),  about 
5  miles  long  and  from  30  to  100  yards  broad,  sufficiently  deep  for  vessels 
of  60  tons.  It  is  situate  in  lat.  16°  north,  and  long.  61°  30^  west.  The 
west  or  larger  island  is  Guadaloupe  Proper,  divided  into  Basse-Terre 
and  Cabes-Terre,  and  is  27  miles  long  by  15  miles  wide.  The  eastern 
island,  called  Grande-Terre,  is  nearly  30  miles  long  by  10  to  12  broad. 
Guadaloupe  Proper  is  of  volcanic  formation,  and  is  traversed  north  and 
south  by  a  ridge  of  hills  having  a  medium  height  of  2,296  feet;  and 
with  the  culminating  points  in  La  Souffriere,  an  active  volcano  5,108 
feet  high,  and  in  Grosse-Montagne,  Deux-Mamelles,  and  Piton  de  Bouil- 
lante,  extinct  volcanoes.  Grande-Terre,  on  the  other  hand,  is  generally 
flat,  composed  of  madrepores  and  marine  detritus,  and  nowhere  rises 
higher  than  115  feet  above  the  sea.     Guadaloupe  has  numerous  small 


46  THE    WEST    INDIES— FRENCH    ISLANDS 

streams,  running  in  deeply-cut  beds,  but  becoming  dry  in  summer.  The 
principal  are  the  Goyaves,  Lamentin,  and  Lezarde,  which  are  navigable 
for  canoes.  Grande-Terre  has  only  a  few  springs  of  brackish,  undrink- 
able  water.  The  climate  is  hot  and  unhealthy,  and  the  atmosphere  re- 
markably humid.  Hurricanes  are  frequent  and  destructive.  The  soil 
is  fertile  and  well-cultivated.  The  mountains  are  covered  with  fine 
forests,  and  the  marshy  coast  of  Basse-Terre  with  mangroves  and  man- 
chineel  trees.  The  products  natural  and  cultivated  are  similar  to  those 
of  the  West  Indies  generally;  but  in  regard  to  sugar,  the  Tahiti  cane 
is  the  only  kind  cultivated.  The  principal  anchorages  of  Guadaloupe- 
are — the  Bay  of  Mahault  and  the  roads  of  Basse-Terre — the  latter  in 
the  south-west,  with  the  town  of  the  same  name,  capital  of  the  govern- 
ment, on  its  shore.  Villages  are  found  at  short  distances  along  the 
whole  coast.  Grande-Terre  possesses  the  anchorages  of  Moule  and 
Point-a-Pitre.  The  latter,  at  the  south  entrance  to  the  Salt  River,  is 
esteemed  one  of  the  best  in  the  Antilles,  and  on  it  was  situate  the  im- 
portant town  of  St.  Louis  or  Point-a-Pitre,  which  was  destroyed  by  an 
earthquake  on  the  8th  February,  1843,  on  which  occasion  4,000  of  the 
inhabitants  perished. 

Marie- Galante,  14  miles  south-south-east  of  Guadaloupe,  is  about  12 
miles  long  by  8  miles  broad,  and  is  traversed  north  and  south  by  a  range 
of  hills  parallel  to  the  east  coast,  where  it  presents  a  front  of  high  and 
precipitous  rocks.  The  west  and  north  sides  of  the  island  are  level,  and 
parallel  with  the  former  is  a  narrow  lagoon  7  or  8  miles  in  length,  sep- 
arated from  the  sea  by  a  low,  narrow  tract  of  sand.  The  island  abounds 
in  woods,  particularly  the  wild  cinnamon  tree.  Its  principal  town, 
Grandbourg  or  Basse-Terre,  stands  near  the  south-west  point;  other 
towns  are  Les  Carmes  on  the  west,  and  St.  Anne  on  the  east  shores. 

Desirade  or  Deseada  lies  about  four  miles  east  from  the  south-east 
extremity  of  Grande-Terre,  and  is  about  8  miles  long  by  3  miles  wide. 
It  rises  from  the  sea  with  a  steep  ascent,  and  then  extends  in  a  table- 
land, which  consists  of  limestone  rocks,  in  which  many  caverns  occur ; 
but  it  is  without  water.  The  soil  in  some  places  is  a  deep  black  mold, 
and  fertile — in  others  it  is  sandy  and  unproductive.  The  only  anchor- 
age is  at  the  Anse-Galet,  on  the  east  side  of  the  island. 

Les  Saintes  are  a  group  of  rocky  islets,  6  or  7  miles  south  of  Guada- 
loupe, and  consist  of  lofty  and  steep  peaks,  some  of  which  are  united 
by  flat  ground  and  ridges  of  inferior  elevation ;  others  are  separated  by 
the  sea.  The  two  largest  are  called  Terre  d'en  Haut  and  Terre  d'en  Bas, 
or  the  upper  and  lower  land — the  first  is  about  four  miles  in  circuit, 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — FRENCH    ISLANDS,  47 

and  contains  a  town  or  village  on  its  west  side.  The  inhabitants  are 
poor,  and  live  chiefly  on  fish  and  vegetables. 

St.  Martin^  the  northern  portion  of  which  belongs  to  the  French, 
and  forms  a  dependency  of  Guadaloupe,  is  a  small  island  immediately 
south  of  the  British  island  of  Anguilla,  in  lat.  18°  5^  north,  and  long. 
630  6^  west.  The  southern  portion  is  held  by  the  Dutch.  Its  form  is 
nearly  that  of  an  equilateral  triangle — each  side  about  seven  miles  in 
length.  Area  33  square  miles.  It  is  deeply  indented  with  bays  and 
lagoons,  some  of  which  afford  good  anchorage ;  and  is  upon  the  whole 
hilly,  the  highest  part  being  1,361  feet  above  the  sea.  It  is  watered  by 
several  rivulets ;  and  in  the  south  are  lagoons  from  which  great  quan- 
tities of  salt  are  obtained  by  the  Dutch.  The  climate  is  remarkably 
mild  and  is  considered  healthy. 

The  chief  cultivated  products  are  sugar,  rum,  molasses,  coffee,  and 
other  West  India  staples.  The  sugar  crop  of  Guadaloupe  amounts  to 
about  60,000  hogsheads  annually.  The  exports  for  the  year  ending  31st 
December,  1851,  consisted  of — muscovado  sugar,  20,048,368  kilogram- 
mes;  coffee,  221.218  do.;  cotton,  20,443  do. ;  cocoa,  11,425  do. ;  cassia, 
165  do.;  molasses,  13,879  litres;  and  rum,  142,139  litres,  etc.  The 
trade  is  chiefly  with  France.  The  products  and  commerce  of  the  de- 
pendent islands  are  similar,  but  on  a  smaller  scale.  A  considerable 
quantity  of  fish  is  taken  in  the  neighboring  seas. 

For  administrative  purposes  Guadaloupe  and  its  dependencies  are 
divided  into  three  arrondissements,  and  these  again  into  cantons  and  com- 
munes. The  government  consists  of  a  governor,  assisted  by  a  privy 
council  of  six  members,  and  a  colonial  council  of  30  members,  the  latter 
elected  by  the  landowners  and  tax-payers.  Justice  is  administered  by  a 
superior  court  and  two  courts  of  assize.  The  colonial  council  elects  two 
delegates  to  represent  the  people  in  the  home  colonial  council.  Local 
affairs  are  administered  by  municipal  councils. 

Guadaloupe  was  discovered  by  Columbus  in  1493.  In  1635  the 
French  settled  upon  the  island  and  kept  it  until  1759,  when  it  was  taken 
by  the  English.  It  was  subsequently  and  at  various  times  captured  and 
recaptured  by  these  nations,  and  finally  ceded  to  France  in  1814.  Its 
immediate  dependencies  of  course  shared  the  fate  of  the  central  island. 
The  island  of  St.  Martin  was  settled  by  the  French  and  Dutch  in  1638 ; 
but  these  were  expelled  by  the  Spaniards,  who  themselves  abandoned 
the  island  in  1750;  and  the  original  settlers  resumed  possession. 


48  THE    WEST    INDIES  — FRENC  H    ISLANDS. 


THE    MARTINIQUE    GOVERNMENT. 

Martinique,  the  government  of  which  covers  the  island  of  the  same  name, 
lies  in  lat  14°  45^  north,  and  long.  61°  10^  west,  and  about  20  miles 
north  of  St.  Lucia.  It  is  of  irregular  form,  high  and  rocky,  about  45 
miles  long  and  from  10  to  15  miles  wide.  Area  382  square  miles. 
There  are  six  extinct  volcanoes  on  the  island,  and  one  of  the  craters  is 
of  large  dimensions.  The  loftiest  summit,  Mont  Pelee,  is  4.450  feet 
above  the  sea.  Extensive  masses  of  volcanic  rocks  cover  the  interior, 
rise  to  a  great  elevation,  and  extend  from  the  mountains  to  the  shores, 
where  they  form  numerous  deep  indentations  along  the  coast.  Between 
the  volcanic  rocks  broad,  irregular  valleys  of  great  fertility  occur.  Those 
on  the  west  side,  called  Basse-Terre,  are  more  extensive,  fertile,  and 
level  than  those  on  the  east  side,  called  Cabes-Terre.  The  climate  is 
hot,  but  not  unhealthy,  being  tempered  by  regular  breezes.  Hurricanes 
and  earthquakes  are  not  unfrequent.  About  two-fifths  of  the  surface  are 
under  cultivation,  the  remainder  being  covered  with  trees  or  occupied 
by  naked  rocks  or  disintegrated  pumice.  The  mountain  slopes  are  for 
the  most  part  covered  with  primeval  forests,  in  other  parts  the  slopes 
are  cultivated  to  the  height  of  400  feet.  Numerous  streams  flow  down 
from  the  height,  most  of  them  mere  rivulets  ;  but  a  few  of  them  are 
navigable  for  boats  a  short  distance  from  their  mouths,  and  are  used  for 
the  conveyance  of  produce  to  the  shipping.  For  administrative  purposes 
the  island  is  divided  into  two  arrondissements,  14  cantons,  and  26  com- 
munes. Government  is  conducted  by  a  governor  and  privy  council  of  7 
members;  and  the  colonial  council  consists  of  30  members.  The  popu- 
lation in  1849  numbe'red  121,478  souls.  The  principal  productions  are 
sugar,  coffee,  cocoa,  etc.  The  exports  for  the  year  ending  31st  Decem- 
ber, 1851,  consisted  of — sugar,  muscovado,  23,406,696,  and  clayed,  809 
kilogrammes;  coffee,  110,933  do.;  cocoa,  149,033  do.;  cassia,  163,580 
do.;  logwood,  50,200  do.;  molasses,  33,754  litres;  and  rum,  2,064,511 
litres.  The  island  has  several  good  harbors,  the  best  of  which  is  Port 
Royal,  on  the  south-west  side.  The  principal  town  is  St.  Pierre,  on  the 
north-west ;  and  there  are  villages  on  every  part  of  the  coasts.  The 
island  was  discovered  by  Columbus  in  1493,  and  in  1635  was  settled 
by  the  French,  In  1794  it  was  captured  by  the  English,  and  restored 
in  1802;  and  was  subsequently,  between  1809  and  1814,  held  by  the 
English,  who  at  the  close  of  the  war  again  released  it  to  France. 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — DUTCH    ISLANDS, 


49 


THE    DUTCH    ISLANDS. 

The  colonial  possessions  of  the  Netherlands  in  the  West  Indies  comprise 
the  islands  of  Cura9oa,  Bonaire,  Aruba,  etc.,  lying  off  the  coast  of  Ven- 
ezuela, and  St.  Eustatius  and  Saba,  and  part  of  the  island  of  St.  Martin, 
among  the  Leeward  Islands.     These  are  as  follows  : 

, ^Population. >  Pop.  to 

Islands.                 Area,  eq.  m.  Free.  Slave.  Total.  sq.  m.  Chief  Places. 

Cura^oa 138  11,225  5,573  16,798  121.7  Wilhelmstadt. 

Bonaire 83  1,478  742  2,220  26.7  Village  in  S.  W.  side. 

Aruba 23  2,443  602  3,045  132.4  Fort  Zoutman. 

St.  Eustatius 97  782  1,150  1,932  19.9  St.  Eustatius. 

Saba 16      '  1,014  649  1,663  103.9  Landing  on  south  side. 

St.  Martin  (S.  part)    12  1,227  1,612  2,839  236.6       

Total 369  18,169         10,328  28,497  77.2 

— of  the  total  population  8,595  are  Protestants,  19,072  Roman  Catholics, 
and  837  Jews;  the  Roman  Catholics  preponderate  in  Cura9oa,  Bonaire, 
and  Aruba,  and  the  Protestants  in  St.  Eustatius,  Saba,  and  St.  Martin. 
The  Jews  are  almost  exclusively  (829)  found  in  Curapoa. 

ISLANDS    OFF    THE   VENEZUELAN   COAST. 

Curacoa  is  situate  46  miles  north  of  the  coast  of  Venezuela,  and  in  lat. 
120  15^  north,  and  long.  69°  west.  It  is  about  30  miles  long  by  6  miles 
broad,  rising  wild,  bare,  and  abrupt,  and  consists  of  two  ridges  of  green- 
stone, connected  by  a  limestone  dyke  a  mile  and  a  half  thick.  Iron  and 
copper  occur,  but  are  not  wrought.  Both  the  atmosphere  and  soil  are 
dry,  but  the  heat  tempered  by  the  sea-breeze.  Indigo,  cotton,  and  cocoa, 
once  cultivated,  are  now  abandoned ;  and  the  people  depend  either  on  the 
rearing  of  cattle  and  other  stock,  or  on  the  salt  which  is  produced  here 
in  great  abundance.  Small  quantities  of  sugar  and  tobacco  are  also  pro- 
duced. The  opuntia,  among  other  cacti,  grows  <m  the  island  and  feeds 
the  cochineal  insect,  to  which  increasing  attention  is  paid.  Many  fruits 
are  cultivated — tamarinds,  bananas,  oranges,  and  the  lime ;  from  the 
last  named  the  famed  Curacoa  liqueur  is  made.  The  shores  teem  with 
magnificent  lobsters,  crabs,  and  shell-fish ;  and  the  seas  furnish  plenty 
of  excellent  fish.  Sea  and  land  turtle  abound.  Salt,  however,  is  the 
great  staple,  and  of  this  about  250,000  barrels  are  exported  annually. 
In  1851  the  number  of  vessels  entered  was  605,  the  cargoes  of  which 
were  valued  at  between  2,000,000  and  2,500,000  florins.  The  principal 
harbor,  Santa  Anna,  is  on  the  south-west  side  of  the  island.  The  en- 
trance is  very  narrow — on  the  eastern  side  of  it  is  Fort  Amsterdam,  and 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  harbor  is  the  town  of  Curacoa  or  Wilhelm- 


50  THE    WEST    INDIES  — DUTCH    ISLANDS. 

stadt,  said  to  be  one  of  the  handsomest  in  the  West  Indies.  Curacoa 
was  settled  by  the  Spaniards  early  in  the  sixteenth  century.  It  was 
captured  in  1632  by  the  Dutch,  and  in  1798  by  the  English.  The  peace 
of  Amiens  restored  it  to  the  Dutch.  The  British  again  took  it  in  1806, 
and  finally  ceded  it  to  the  Netherlands  in  1814. 

Bonaire  (Buen-Ayre),  27  miles  north-east  of  Cura9oa,  is  about  18 
miles  long  and  from  4  to  5  broad.  It  is  of  very  irregular  shape,  high, 
and  hilly,  chiefly  composed  of  calcareous  deposits,  but  in  some  places  of 
pure  quartz,  and  is  thickly  wooded.  The  soil  is  hard  and  dry,  sufiering 
from  deficiency  of  rain,  yet  not  without  excellent  pastures.  On  the  south 
coast  the  land  is  covered  with  low  knolls  clothed  with  verdant  creepers 
and  cacti,  which  yield  considerable  cochineal.  The  hillsides  are  cov- 
ered with  forests  of  Brazil  and  yellow- wood,  but  there  are  no  fruit-bear- 
ing trees.  Large  quantities  of  salt  are  produced.  The  roadstead  is  on 
the  south-west  side.  In  1851  the  number  of  vessels  entered  was  265  (160 
in  ballast),  and  there  was  exported  68,449  barrels  of  salt.  The  island  is 
chiefly  used  as  a  penal  depot  by  the  Dutch  West  India  authorities. 

Aruha  (Oruba),  50  miles  west  by  north  of  Curacoa  is  about  8  miles 
long  and  2  miles  broad,  and  is  surrounded  by  rocks,  and  difficult  of  ap- 
proach. The  surface  is  generally  stony,  though  in  some  parts  flat  and 
sandy,  and  notwithstanding  the  want  of  water  there  are  some  good  mead- 
ows. Excellent  iron  ore  and  a  little  gold  are  found ;  but  the  chief  occupa- 
tion is  cattle  raising.     In  1851  the  trade  of  the  island  occupied  65  vessels. 

Curacoa  Chica^  the  Bird  Islands,  etc.,  also  belong  to  the  Dutch,  but 
are  not  inhabited.     The  latter  is  a  small  group  south-east  of  Bonaire. 

ISLANDS    OF    THE    LEEWAKD    aROUP. 

St.  Eustatius  is  situate  11  miles  north-west  of  St.  Christopher,  in  lat. 
170  32^  north,  and  long.  63°  5^  west,  and  is  scarcely  30  miles  in  circum- 
ference. There  are  two  hills — Punch  Bowl  Hill  and  Signal  Hill,  the 
latter  an  extinct  volcano;  between  is  a  deep  valley,  forming  the  interior 
of  the  island.  The  level  parts  are  covered  with  cane  fields  and  provis- 
ion grounds.  Game  is  plentiful,  and  is  exported  to  other  islands.  The 
commerce  of  the  island,  which  was  formerly  large,  is  now  almost  extinct, 
and  its  population,  which  in  1780  numbered  25.000,  is  reduced  to  a  few 
hundreds.  The  town,  divided  into  the  upper  and  lower  town,  lies  on  a 
level  piece  of  ground  on  the  south-west  side  of  the  island.  The  road- 
stead is  open  and  unprotected,  but  has  good  anchorage  in  certain  winds. 

Saha  lies  about  15  miles  west-north-west  from  the  north  point  of  St. 
Eustatius.     It  rises  abruptly  from  the  sea,  and  is  inaccessible  except 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — DANISH    ISLANDS.  51 

upon  the  south  side,  where  are  a  little  creek  and  landing-place.  The 
island  is  inhabited  by  a  few  Dutch  families,  who  cultivate  the  cotton 
plant  and  manufacture  stockings,  shoes,  etc. 

St.  Martin^  of  which  the  Dutch  possess  the  southern  portion,  has 
been  already  described.  In  1851  salt  to  the  amount  of  148,525  barrels 
was  obtained,  and  the  arrivals  and  clearances  amounted  to  334  vessels. 

These  six  islands  and  their  dependencies  form  a  single  government, 
the  seat  of  which  is  Wilhelmstadt,  on  the  island  of  Cura9oa,  The  ad- 
ministration of  affairs  is  vested  in  a  governor- general  and  a  colonial  coun- 
cil. The  president  and  vice-president  of  the  council  are  chosen  by  the 
governor.     The  receipts  and  expenditures  in  1851  were  as  follows  : 

Curacoa,  Bonaire,  St.  Martin 

Aruba,  etc.  St.  Eustatius.  and  Saba.  Total. 

Eeceipts 198,944  florins 6,321  florins 35,225  florins 240,490  florins. 

Expenditures 398,625     "      ....  28,144     "      ....  40,294     «      ....  467,073     " 

— the  deficiencies  being  made  up  by  the  home  government.  The  mili- 
tary garrisons  collectively  at  the  close  of  1850  consisted  of  14  officers, 
and  408  soldiers.     St.  Martin  had  also  a  squadron  of  citizen  cavalry. 


THE    DANISH    ISLANDS. 

The  West  India  possessions  of  Denmark — St.  Thomas,  Santa  Cruz,  and  St. 
John,  with  their  dependencies,  belong  to  the  Virgin  group,  and  lie  cen- 
trally in  lat.  18°  north,  and  long.  64°  30^  west.  The  extent,  population, 
etc.,  of  these  are  as  follows : 

Islands.                              Area,  sq.  m.  Popula.  (1850).  Pop.  sq.  m.  Chief  Towns.                  Popnla. 

St.  Thomas 27  13,666              506.2  Charlotte-Amalia ....  12,883 

Santa  Cruz 78  23,729              304.2           Cheistianstadt 6,127 

St.  John  (Jan) 22  2,228              101.3           Christiansborg 136 

Total 127  39,623  812.0 

— in  St.  Thomas  about  a  third  and  in  Santa  Cruz  and  St.  John  about 
three-fourths  of  the  inhabitants  are  blacks. 

St.  Thomas  lies  about  38  miles  east  of  Porto  Rico,  and  in  lat.  18°  20^ 
north,  and  long.  64°  55^  west.  The  greatest  length,  east  and  west,  is 
12  miles,  and  the  average  breadth  less  than  3  miles.  It  has  a  rugged 
and  elevated  surface,  which  attains  its  greatest  height  toward  the  centre, 
and  descends  sometimes  gradually,  but  oftener  abruptly  to  the  shore.  It 
was  once  well-wooded,  but  is  now  almost  bare,  and  from  this  cause 
suffers  much  from  a  deficiency  of  rain ;  nor  is  its  soil  fertile.  The  area 
under  crop  is  only  about  2,500  acres,  of  which  nearly  one-half  are  plant- 
ed with  sugar-cane.  A  large  number  of  islets  and  keys  lie  around  its 
shores.  The  island  enjoys  the  privileges  of  a  free  harbor,  and  its  trade 
is  consequently  very  extensive.     The  harbor  and  town  ( Charlotte- Ama- 


52  THE    WEST    INDIES  — DANISH    ISLANDS. 

lia)  lie  about  midway  of  the  island,  on  the  south  side.  The  anchorage 
is  very  extensive  and  secure,  and  the  opening  seaward  is  only  1,030  yards 
wide.  The  town  lies  around  the  north  side  of  the  harbor,  and  contains 
many  substantial  stores  and  dwellings.  Here  centres  a  large  trade  fos- 
tered by  the  freedom  of  the  port.  At  present  the  value  of  goods  import- 
ed into  St.  Thomas  may  be  set  down  at  $5,000,000 ;  probably  half  of 
which  are  brought  from  England,  a  fifth  from  the  United  States  and 
British  America,  and  the  rest  from  France,  Hamburg,  Altona,  Flensborg, 
Bremen,  Holland,  etc.  It  is  estimated  that  two-fifths  of  these  imports 
are  sent  to  Porto  Rico,  and  the  remaining  three-fifths  to  Santo  Domingo, 
Cuba,  Venezuela,  New  Granada,  Curapoa,  and  the  Windward  Islands. 
In  1850  there  arrived  2,196  vessels  (235,843  tons) :  this  does  not  include 
the  British  mail  steamers,  the  tonnage  of  which  entering  amounts  to 
about  42,000  tons  annually.  St.  Thomas  was  settled  by  the  Danish 
West  India  and  Guinea  Company  in  1671.  In  1775  the  Company's 
rights  were  conveyed  to  the  king,  who  in  1764  threw  open  the  port  to 
vessels  of  all  nations.  This  policy,  and  the  general  neutrality  observed 
by  Denmark  in  the  wars  of  Europe,  concurred  in  fostering  its  commerce, 
although  much  is  due  to  its  admirable  geographical  position  ]  and  accord- 
ingly it  became  a  chief  market,  and  in  time  of  war  the  only  channel 
through  which  the  products  of  all  the  West  India  colonies  could  be  safely 
conveyed.  A  short  interruption  to  its  prosperity  occurred  in  1801,  when 
the  island  was  given  up  to  the  British,  who  held  it  however  for  only 
10  months.  Early  in  1802  it  was  restored  to  Denmark,  and  resumed 
all  its  former  activity.  In  1804  and  again  in  1806  immense  losses  in 
merchandise  and  other  property  were  occasioned  by  fires  in  the  town. 
In  1807  St.  Thomas  was  again,  by  capitulation,  transferred  to  Great 
Britain,  and  retained  until  April,  1815,  when  the  Danes  once  more 
became  masters  of  the  island. 

Santa  Cruz  is  the  largest  and  most  southern  of  the  Virgin  group,  and 
lies  about  65  miles  east-south-east  from  Porto  Rico,  in  lat.  17°  42^  north, 
and  long.  64°  48''  west.  The  island  has  its  greatest  length  east  and 
west,  about  20  miles,  and  varies  in  breadth  from  2  to  6  miles.  It  is  gen- 
erally flat,  though  a  range  of  low  heights  follows  the  line  of  the  north 
shore,  and  is  well  watered  and  fertile.  The  climate  is  at  all  times  un- 
healthy; and  hurricanes  and  earthquakes  are  frequent.  About  two- 
fifths  of  the  island  are  in  sugar-cane  plantations,  and  about  one-half  is 
occupied  with  general  crops,  only  a  small  portion  remaining  uncultivated. 
The  soil  is  not  very  rich,  but  tolerably  fertile,  yet  owing  to  droughts  the 
crops  are  uncertain.     On  this  account  the  sugar  crop  varies  from  12,000 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — DANISH    ISLANDS.  53 


to  40,000  hogsheads.  The  cultivation  of  coifee,  indigo,  and  cotton  has 
been  generally  abandoned  for  many  years.  Christianstadt  and  Frede- 
richstadt  are  the  principal  towns — the  first  on  the  north  and  the  latter  on 
the  west  of  the  island.  Christianstadt  is  the  capital  and  residence  of  the 
governor-general.  Its  harbor  is  encumbered  with  many  shoals,  and  dif- 
ficult of  access.  On  the  whole  the  island  is  far  less  eligible  for  com- 
merce than  St.  Thomas,  but  in  resources  more  important.  Santa  Cruz 
was  discovered  by  Columbus  on  his  second  voyage.  In  1643  the  Dutch 
made  a  settlement  on  it,  but  three  years  later  were  expelled  by  the 
English.  In  1650  the  English  were  in  their  turn  dislodged  by  the 
Spaniards,  who  laid  the  island  waste.  In  1651  it  was  purchased  for 
the  Knights  of  Malta,  who  sold  it  in  1664  to  the  French  West  India 
Company,  and  in  1696  the  Company's  claims  were  sold  to  the  Danes. 
From  this  period  it  followed  the  fortunes  of  St.  Thomas. 

St.  John  or  St.  Jan  is  situate  about  24  miles  east  from  St.  Thomas,  in 
lafc.  ISO  18^  north,  and  long.  64°  49^  west.  It  is  about  12  miles  long  by 
4  miles  broad,  rising  to  a  considerable  height  in  the  centre,  and  having 
generally  a  very  broken,  uneven  surface.  The  soil  is  indifferent,  and 
water  scarce ',  sugar  and  cotton  are  produced  in  small  quantities,  and 
live-stock  is  also  reared.  On  the  south-east  side  a  promontory  forms 
two  coves,  which  are  defended  by  a  fort  on  the  north  point  of  the  en- 
trance, and  another  on  Duck  Island,  close  to  the  south  point.  This 
promontory  has  a  town  called  Christiansborg  or  the  castle.  The  anchor- 
age is  good.  St.  John  in  its  history  is  intimately  connected  with  ot. 
Thomas,  and  has  generally  belonged  to  the  same  masters. 

These  three  islands,  St.  Thomas,  Santa  Cruz,  and  St.  John,  with  their 
dependencies,  form  together  a  single  general  government,  and  are  gov- 
erned as  crown  colonies  by  an  appointee  of  the  king  of  Denmark,  who 
resides  at  Christianstadt,  on  the  island  of  Santa  Cruz.  The  governor  is 
assisted  by  two  councilors ;  and  in  each  island  there  is  a  burgher  coun- 
cil, which  has  cognizance  over  all  purely  municipal  affairs.  Justice  is 
administered  according  to  the  code  of  Charles  V.,  together  with  the 
rescripts  of  the  crown,  which  constitute  the  law.  The  general  revenue 
for  the  year  ending  31st  March,  1851,  amounted  to  $286,782 ;  that  of 
Santa  Cruz  to  $168,950,  and  that  of  St.  Thomas  and  St.  John  to 
$117,832.  The  aggregate  expenditures  for  the  three  islands  amounted 
to  $335,444.  The  municipal  revenues  are  separate,  and  are  adminis- 
tered by  the  councils.  The  king  derives  a  revenue,  which  does  not 
appear  in  the  above  summary,  from  the  large  number  of  the  estates 
which  he  holds  in  the  islands. 


54 


THE    WEST    INDIES  — GENERAL    STATISTICS. 


THE    SWEDISH    ISLAND. 

The  only  colonial  possession  of  Sweden  in  the  West  Indies  is  the  island  of 
St.  Bartholomew.  This  island  belongs  to  the  Leeward  group,  and  is 
situate  centrally  in  lat.  17°  50^  north,  and  long.  62°  52^  west,  distant 
12  miles  from  St.  Martin  and  about  30  from  St.  Christopher.  It  is  about 
8  miles  long  by  from  2  to  3  miles  wide,  and  contains  an  area  of  25  square 
miles.  St.  Bartholomew  is  of  an  irregular  shape,  and  deeply  indented 
by  numerous  small  sandy  bays,  separated  by  bold  and  steep  rocky  accliv- 
ities of  moderate  height.  In  the  interior  it  is  hilly,  but  its  loftiest  ele- 
vations nowhere  exceed  1,000  feet  above  the  sea.  In  most  parts  it  is 
barren,  but  has  numerous  well-cultivated  valleys.  The  population  is 
estimated  at  about  8,000  or  9,000,  of  which  about  7,000  are  blacks  and 
colored  persons.  Of  the  whites,  nearly  one-half  are  of  Irish  descent,  and 
the  remainder  chi6fiy  of  French  extraction.  The  affairs  of  the  island 
are  administered  by  a  royal  governor.  The  only  harbor  is  La  Carenage, 
a  safe  and  commodious  one,  and  much  frequented.  It  is  on  the  west 
side  of  the  island.  Close  by  it  is  Gustavia,  the  principal  town,  a  thriv- 
ing place,  and  having  considerable  commerce  with  the  neighboring 
islands.  St.  Bartholomew  was  first  settled  in  1648  by  the  French.  In 
1689  it  was  taken  by  the  English  under  Admiral  Thornhill;  but  in 
1697  was  restored  to  France.  In  1746  it  was  again  taken  by  the  En- 
glish, and  was  once  more  given  up  under  the  treaty  of  Aix-la-Chapelle. 
In  1785  it  was  finally  ceded  by  France  to  Sweden,  and  has  since  con- 
tinued subject  to  that  power. 


GENERAL   STATISTICS    OF   THE   WEST   INDIES. 

states  and  Colonies.                                     Area,  sq.  m.  Popula.          Pop.  to  sq.  m.            Capitals. 

Dominican  Eepublic 17,609  136.500  7.7  Santo  Domingo. 

Hayti,  Empire  of 10,081  572.000  56.7  Cape  Haytian. 

Spanish  Colonies 51,143  1,462,060  27.6  Habana. 

British  Colonies 15,759  835.344  53.2  Spanish  Town. 

French  Colonies 1,013  276.453  276.3  Port  Royal. 

Dutch  Colonies 869  28.497  77.2  Wilhelmstadt. 

Danish  Colonies 127  39.623  812.0  Christ! anstadt. 

Swedish  Colonies 25  9,000  860.0  Gustavia. 

Total 96,126  3,859,477  84.9 

— from  the  above  account  are  omitted  all  the  islands  belonging  to  the 
neighboring  states,  and  a  large  number  of  islands,  etc.,  not  inhabited. 
With  these  it  is  assumed  that  the  aggregate  area  of  the  West  Indies 
would  amount  to  150^000  square  miles,  and  the  population  to  3,500,000. 


THE  BERMUDAS  OR  SOMERS'  ISLANDS. 


The  Bermudas,  a  group  of  islands  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  580  miles  south- 
east of  Cape  Hatteras,  in  North  Carolina,  and  between  latitudes  32°  14^ 
and  320  25^  north,  and  longitudes  64o  38^  and  64°  52^  west  from  Green- 
wich, or  12°  10^  and  12°  24^  east  from  Washington,  constitute  an  im- 
portant colony  and  naval  station  of  Great  Britain.  They  lie  south-west 
to  north-east,  based  on  the  edge  of  a  bank  stretching  in  the  same  direc- 
tion 23  by  13  miles,  but  occupy  only  a  space  of  about  18  by  6  miles, 
though  said  to  be  about  365  in  number.     Area  19.4  square  miles. 

General  Description. — Viewed  from  the  sea,  the  Bermudas  appear  to 
have  but  a  trifling  elevation  compared  with  the  bold  and  lofty  aspect  of 
many  of  the  West  India  Islands.  The  highest  land,  indeed,  does  not  ex- 
ceed 200  feet  above  the  sea-level,  and  the  surface  is  very  irregular. 
The  principal  islands  (St.  George's,  Ireland,  St.  David's,  Somerset,  Paget, 
Longbird,  and  Smith's),  together  with  the  minor  islands,  lie  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  form  several  capacious  and  deep  bays,  which,  however, 
are  difficult  of  ingress  or  egress.  The  island  of  St.  George's,  the  mili- 
tary station  of  the  colony,  about  three  miles  long  and  at  no  part  exceed- 
ing half  a  mile  wide,  lies  at  the  entrance  of  the  only  passage  for  ships 
of  burden.  The  harbor,  the  entrance  to  which  is  narrow,  is  said  to 
be  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world,  and  is  completely  land-locked.  The 
naval  dock-yard  is  situated  at  the  west  end  of  Ireland  Island,  and  distant 
about  15  miles  from  St.  George's.  This  island  is  about  one  mile  in 
length,  and  perhaps  a  quarter  broad,  and  is  nearly  all  occupied  by  the 
public  buildings.  Boaz  Island,  connected  with  this  by  a  bridge  com- 
pleted in  1849,  is  the  site  of  the  convict  establishment.  These  islands 
are  all  strongly  fortified,  and  where  not,  the  reefs  and  rocks  that  lie  in 
their  neighborhood  certainly  do  away  with  the  necessity  of  artificial 
works.  The  Bermudas  are,  in  fact,  the  Gibraltar  of  the  West  Indies. 
On  three  sides,  north,  west,  and  south,  they  are  inclosed  by  formidable 
coral  reefs  and  rocks,  nearly  all  under  water,  and  extending  in  some 
parts  10  miles  from  the  islands — the  only  reefs  of  this  description  occur- 
ring in  the  whole  expanse  of  the  ocean. 

Climate,  Soil,  etc. — The  climate  of  these  islands  is  delightful,  a  perpet- 
ual spring  clothing  the  fields  and  trees  in  perpetual  verdure.  Severe 
+hunder-storms,  however,  frequently  occur  ]  and  when  the  south  wind 


56  THE    BERMUDAS    OR    SOMERS'    ISLANDS. 

prevails,  the  atmosphere  becomes  charged  with  excessive  humidity.  The 
soil  is  generally  of  a  reddish  brown  color,  and  in  some  places,  as  at 
Ireland  Island,  bearing  strong  marks  of  oxide  of  iron.  Round  the  coasts 
there  are  some  districts  with  a  strong  tenacious  blue  clay ;  in  others  a 
micaceous  kneadable  brick  earth,  and  again  an  argillaceous  soil  with 
luxuriant  pasturage.  The  cedar  grows  to  a  great  height,  and  would 
seem  in  many  parts  to  spring  from  the  bare  rock.  The  palmetto  is  also 
indigenous;  and  all  the  fruits  and  vegetables  of  the  tropics  thrive  well. 
Civil  Divisions,  etc, — The  Bermudas  are  divided  into  nine  parishes,  the 
extent  and  population  of  which  are  as  follows  : 

Area,  , Population. v 

Parishes.  acres.  1826.  1836.  1S43.  1851. 

St.  George's 1,580 1,101 1,478 1,607 1,891 

Hamilton 1.651 751 855 991 1.094 

Smith's i;281 434 459 442 514 

Devonshire 1,281 594.. 622 729 784 

Pembroke 1,281 1,656 1,691 2,079 2,235 

Paget's 1,281 950 789 857.! 1,088 

Warwick 1,281 932 944.  A 895 983 

Southampton..., 1.281 812 768 888 917 

Sandys 1,507 1,221 1,261 1,482 1,636 


Total , 12,424 8,470 8,S62 9,930 11,092 

— of  the  population  of  1851,  the  whites  numbered  4,669 — 1,965  males, 
and  2,704  females:  and  the  colored  6,423—2,832  males,  and  3,591  fe- 
males. Neither  the  military  nor  the  convicts  are  included. 
Industry. — The  labor  of  the  inhabitants  is  employed  chiefly  in  agricul- 
ture, commerce,  and  the  fisheries.  The  agricultural  crops  in  1850  con- 
sisted of — sweet  potatoes,  24,322  bushels;  Irish  potatoes,  24,94  6  bushels; 
carrots,  4,346  bushels;  turnips,  7,420  bushels;  onions,  838,070  pounds; 
garden  vegetables,  256,136  pounds;  tomatoes,  19,120  pounds;  arrow- 
root, 854,329  pounds;  Indian  corn,  924  bushels;  rnd  barley,  269  bush- 
els, etc.  The  quantity  of  live-stock  maintained  is  small,  and  dairy  pro- 
duce sufficient  only  for  the  wants  of  the  inhabitants.  In  1851  the  colony 
contained  259  horses,  5  mules,  31  asses,  1,643  horned  cattle,  and  227 
sheep.  Domestic  fowls  are  abundant,  especially  ducks;  and  during  the 
summer  numbers  of  turtle  are  taken.  The  adjoining  seas  are  stored  with 
various  kinds  of  fish  ;  and  whales  are  occasionally  taken  between  March 
and  June.  Many  small  cedar  vessels  are  built  here;  and  another 
important  branch  of  industry  is  the  plaiting  of  straw  and  mid-rib  of  the 
palmetto.  The  principal  articles  of  export  are  arrow-root,  potatoes,  and 
onions.  The  value  of  imports  for  the  year  ending  5th  January,  1851, 
was  $626,400,  and  of  exports  $95,808.  The  colony  owned  42  vessels, 
having  a  burden  of  2,952  tons.  The  imports  are  chiefly  supplies  for  the 
army  and  naval  forces  stationed  here,  and  for  the  convict  establishment 


•       THE    BERMUDAS    OR    SOMERS'    ISLANDS.  57 

on  Boaz  Island.     Pbegular  steam  navigation  is  kept  up  between  the  Ber- 
mudas, Halifax,  N.  S.,  New  York,  and  the  West  Indies. 

Government,  Education,  etc. — The  Legislature  consists  of  a  governor, 
council,  and  assembly.  The  Council  is  composed  of  eight  members  and 
a  president,  nominated  by  the  governor;  and  the  House  of  Assembly  of 
36  members,  returned  by  the  nine  tribes  or  parishes  into  which  the  island 
is  divided.  The  revenue  for  1850  amounted  to  $60,624,  and  the  ex- 
penditures to  $77,889;  a  parliamentary  grant  of  $19,435,  more  than 
covering  the  deficit.  The  military  expenditure  was  $336,768.  The 
islands  contain  9  churches,  and  5  chapels  for  dissenters  ;  and  with  regard 
to  the  inhabitants,  9,332  are  members  of  the  Church  of  England,  519 
Presbyterians,  1,018  Wesleyan  Methodists,  109  Roman  Catholics,  and 
113  other  religions.  There  are  24  public  or  free  schools,  principally 
supported  by  different  societies  in  England  and  by  funds  under  the  con- 
trol of  the  bishop  of  Nova  Scotia,  in  whose  diocese  the  Bermudas  are  in- 
cluded ;  and  besides  these  there  are  25  private  schools.  The  number  of 
convicts  at  the  depots  in  1850  was  1,566,  and  the  cost  of  their  main- 
tenance for  the  year  $166,056. 

Public  Works. — A  small  dock-yard,  formerly  maintained  at  St.  George's, 
has  been  removed  to  Ireland  Island,  on  which  large  sums  have  been  ex- 
pended in  order  to  render  it  a  strong  post  for  a  naval  and  military  depdt. 
Between  1838  and  1848  there  was  spent  in  the  public  works  upward  of 
$1,440,000,  of  which  $753,600  was  for  a  breakwater.  The  works  in- 
clude a  steam-factory,  a  victualing  office,  store-houses,  hospitals,  work- 
men's dwellings,  etc.  Besides  those  named,  defensive  works  have  been 
constructed  on  St.  George's,  Main,  Boaz,  and  Ireland  islands,  the  cost  of 
which  has  been  upward  of  $720,000 ;  and  a  causeway,  constructed  by 
convict  labor,  has  been  built  to  connect  Walsingham  and  Longbird 
islands.     The  ship  channels  have  also  been  improved. 

Towns. — There  are  in  the  Bermudas  two  towns,  each  of  which  has  its 
mayor  and  civic  officers — St.  George's,  on  the  island  of  that  name,  and 
Hamilton,  on  Bermuda  Island.  Both  towns  are  well-built,  of  white  stone. 
St.  George's^  which  is  the  capital,  is  the  liner  of  the  two,  and  contains 
a  new  government-house,  jail,  lunatic  asylum,  etc.  There  are  also  sev- 
eral settlements  or  villages. 

History. — In  1593  there  was  wrecked  on  these  islands  a  French  ship,  on 
board  of  which  was  one  Henry  May,  who  afterward  wrote  an  account  of 
the  Bermudas  in  English.  In  1609  Sir  George  Somers  was  driven  on 
the  islands  in  the  course  of  a  voyage  to  Virginia ;  and  on  this  account 
the  Virginia  Company  claimed  them,  and  sold  their  right  to  a  company  of 


58  BELIZE    OR    BRITISH    HONDURAS. 

120  persons,  who.  having  obtained  a  charter  from  the  king  in  1612,  sent 
out  60  settlers  with  a  governor.  The  colony  settled  on  George's  Island. 
In  1619,  the  islands  having  become  famous  for  their  beauty  and  salu- 
brity, many  of  the  nobility  purchased  plantations,  and  their  cultivation 
was  much  encouraged.  The  number  of  white  inhabitants  at  this  time 
amounted  to  about  1,000.  On  the  1st  August,  1620,  the  General  Assem- 
bly was  instituted,  and  for  many  years  hence  the  islands  prospered. 
During  the  civil  wars  many  persons  of  character  and  opulence  took  ref- 
uge in  the  Bermudas,  and  the  population  rapidly  increased,  and  is  sup- 
posed to  have  been  about  10,000.  These  islands  have  always  remained 
in  possession  of  the  British,  though  toward  the  close  of  the  American 
Revolution,  Washington  had  an  eye  to  their  capture  to  make  them  a 
station  for  war  vessels  for  the  annoyance  of  the  West  India  trade,  as  the 
islands  lie  in  the  homeward-bound  track.  At  the  present  time  their  chief 
importance  is  their  fine  location  and  adaptedness  for  military  purposes. 


THE    COLOITY    OF    BELIZE; 


BRITISH    HONDURAS. 

British  Honduras  lies  between  latitudes  15°  54^  and  18°  30^  north,  and 
longitudes  87°  56^  and  90°  12^  west  from  Greenwich,  or  10°  54^  and 
130  10'' from  Washington.  It  is  separated  from  Yucatan  by  the  Rio 
Hondo,  and  its  southern  boundary  is  formed  by  the  Sarstoon,  which  falls 
into  the  Gulf  of  Honduras.  Length,  north  and  south,  about  175  miles, 
and  breadth,  east  and  west,  about  112  miles  •  area,  18,600  square  miles. 

General  Description. — Excepting  the  rivers  forming  the  boundaries  north 
and  south,  the  only  others  of  consequence  are  the  Belize,  which  trav- 
erses the  territory  from  south-west  to  north-east,  dividing  it  into  two 
somewhat  equal  parts,  and  the  New  River,  which,  rising  in  New  River 
Lake,  flows  in  a  course  nearly  parallel  to  the  Belize,  till  it  reaches  the 


BELIZE    OR    BRITISH    HONDURAS.  59 

Caribbean  Sea,  a  few  miles  south  of  the  Hondo.  The  rivers  are  navi- 
gable for  20  to  30  miles  from  their  mouths,  but  higher  up  are  inter- 
rupted by  rapids  and  falls.  The  country  north  of  the  Belize,  and  trav- 
ersed by  the  New  River,  is  low  and  level,  and  toward  the  coast  swampy, 
and  interspersed  with  several  lakes.  East  of  the  New  River,  however, 
is  a  range  of  hills  stretching  from  north-east  to  south-west,  and  joining 
on  to  the  mountains  of  Guatemala.  South  of  the  Belize  the  country, 
though  also  swampy  on  the  coast,  rises  inland  much  moire  rapidly,  and 
may  be  generally  described  as  mountainous.  It  is  intersected  by  a 
ridge  parallel  to  that  of  the  New  River,  and  also  connecting  with  the 
Guatemala  system  of  mountains — the  east  part,  both  north  and  south  of 
this  ridge,  being  covered  by  its  lateral  branches.  The  mountains  and 
the  wide  valleys  between  fhem  are  clothed  with  extensive  forests  of  the 
finest  timber,  including  cedars,  pines,  ironwood,  logwood,  braziletto, 
mahogany,  and  cabbage  and  silk-cotton  trees.  The  shores  are  lined 
with  numerous  islands  or  coral  keys,  and  covered  with  cocoa-nut  trees 
and  bushes.  The  largest  are  Ambergris  Key,  toward  the  north,  and 
TurnefF,  opposite  the  town  of  Belize.  These  two  keys  consist  of  clus- 
ters of  several  small  islands,  divided  by  narrow  creeks  and  lagoons. 
The  shores  of  the  continent  are  rocky,  but  low,  except  toward  the  south, 
where  they  are  higher,  and  intersected  by  ravines. 
Climate,  Soil,  Products,  etc. — The  climate,  especially  during  the  wet 
season,  is  considered  more  favorable  to  health  than  that  of  any  of  the 
West  India  Islands.  The  mean  annual  temperature  is  about  80°  Fahr., 
but  the  heat  is  seldom  oppressive  from  the  beginning  of  July  to  the  be- 
ginning of  April,  being  tempered  by  refreshing  sea-breezes  ;  but  during 
April,  May,  and  June  it  is  excessive,  though  mitigated  occasionally  by 
violent  thunder-storms.  The  most  rainy  months  are  July,  August,  and 
September.  The  cultivable  portions  of  the  soil  are  extremely  fertile,  pro- 
ducing readily  all  kinds  of  tropical  vegetation,  of  which  plantains,  yams, 
mandioca,  and  Indian  corn  are  grown,  and  also  arrow-root  and  rice  to  a 
small  extent.  Sugar,  coffee,  cotton,  and  indigo  might  also  be  raised,  but 
are  neglected.  Sarsaparilla  is  collected  in  the  southern  districts.  The 
wild  animals  are  those  usual  to  tropical  America — ounces,  panthers, 
tapirs,  deer,  peccaries,  agouties,  armadilloes,  and  monkeys.  Manatis 
and  alligators  frequent  the  lagoons ;  birds,  aquatic  and  land,  abound,  and 
fish,  turtle,  lobsters,  and  shell-fish  are  plentiful  and  of  excellent  quality. 
The  minerals  of  the  country  are  as  yet  unsought :  but  as  gold  has  been 
found  in  the  beds  of  the  rivers,  there  seems  to  be  no  question  of  its 
existence  in  the  mountains.     Iron,  copper,  etc.,  are  said  to  be  abundant. 


60  BELIZE    OR    BEITISH    HONDURAS. 

Population,  Industry,  etc. — According  to  the  statements  of  1845,  the 
colony  contained  10,709  inhabitants,  viz.,  whites  399 — males  240,  and 
females  159;  and  colored  10,410 — males  6,755,  and  females  2,655.  The 
negroes  were  originally  brought  into  the  country  as  slaves,  but  have  long 
since  obtained  their  freedom.  The  white  inhabitants  are  exclusively  occu- 
pied in  commerce,  and  the  negroes  in  cutting  mahogany  and  dye-woods 
and  in  fishing.  A  few  of  them  cultivate  small  patches  of  ground.  Cat- 
tle, sheep,  and  goats  are  kept,  but  are  not  sufficiently  numerous,  and  the 
deficiency  is  supplemented  from  Trujillo  and  Omoa.  The  exports  in 
1847  consisted  of  6,502,777  feet  mahogany — the  staple  article  of  the 
country,  10,337  feet  cedar,  3,223  tons  logwood,  206  tons  rosewood,  5,684 
seroons  cochineal,  611  seroons  indigo,  53,689  pounds  sarsaparilla,  1,299 
hides,  45  pounds  tortoise-shell,  with  small  quantities  of  lignum- vitee  and 
tobacco.  The  chief  imports  from  the  United  Kingdom  are  dry  goods  and 
fancy  articles  for  the  Belize  and  Spanish  America  markets  ;  wine,  spir-" 
its,  gunpowder,  and  occasionally  provisions ;  and  from  the  United  States 
provisions,  shingles,  and  sawed  lumber. 

Government,  etc. — The  government  is  administered  by  a  superintendent 
nominated  by  the  crown,  and  seven  magistrates  who  form  a  council,  and 
are  elected  annually  by  the  inhabitants.  The  supreme  judicial  author- 
ity resides  in  a  supreme  court ;  and  there  are  several  inferior  courts. 
The  laws  of  England  are  generally  applicable  throughout  the  colony. 
Education  claims  a  fair  share  of  consideration,  and  there  are  good 
schools  in  Belize  open  to  all  classes.  The  colony,  formerly  subsidiary 
to  Jamaica,  has  lately  been  constituted  a  separate  government. 

Capital. — Belize^  the  capital,  is  the  only  town  in  the  colony,  and  is  situate 
at  the  mouth  of  the  river  of  the  same  name,  which  is  here  crossed  by  a 
substantial  wooden  bridge.  Lat.  17°  29^  18^^  north,  and  long.  88°  12^ 
west.  It  consists  of  a  long  street,  running  parallel  to  the  sea-shore,  from 
which  three  or  four  streets  diverge.  The  houses  are  constructed  entirely 
of  wood,  and  are  raised  8  or  10  feet  from  the  ground  on  pillars  of  mahog- 
any, and  are  well-built,  spacious,  and  convenient.  The  town  seems 
almost  entirely  inhabited  by  blacks.  They  are  described  by  Stephens  as  a 
fine-looking  race,  tall,  straight,  and  athletic,  and  well-dressed — the  men 
in  white  cotton  shirts  and  trowsers,  with  straw  hats,  and  the  women  in 
white  short-sleeved  frocks  and  adorned  with  ear-rings  and  necklaces. 
During  the  dry  season  fresh  water  is  very  scarce  here,  and,  indeed, 
throughout  the  settlement,  there  being  no  rivulets,  and  the  water  of  the 
river  being  brackish  for  several  miles  above  the  town.  The  consequence 
is  that  the  inhabitants  at  this  season  are  compelled  to  have  recourse  to 


BELIZE    OE     BRITISH    HONDURAS.  61 

wells  about  three  feet  in  depth,  from  -which  they  procure  a  muddy, 
brackish,  and  fetid  water,  injurious  to  health,  and  productive  of  a  variety 
of  disorders.  Efforts  are  now  being  made  to  remedy  the  evil  both  by 
the  government  and  the  European  public  at  Belize ;  and  considerable 
sums  have  already  been  expended  in  sinking  wells.  An  iron  market- 
house  has  recently  been  erected  in  the  town,  costing  about  $20,000. 
There  are  also  a  public  hospital,  a  dispensary  for  the  relief  of  the  poor, 
an  asylum  for  lunatics,  and  a  grammar-school,  conducted  on  the  Madras 
system,  and  which  was  attended  in  1847  by  102  pupils.  This  school, 
which  is  entirely  supported  by  government,  has  likewise  a  female  de- 
partment. A  savings'  bank  has  also  been  established  under  guarantee 
of  the  local  legislature.  The  Baptists  and  Wesleyans  have  chapels 
here  with  schools  connected,  the  former  one  and  the  latter  two.  There 
are  five  judicial  courts  in  Belize — the  court  of  ordinary^  and  the  supreme, 
grand,  summary,  and  police  courts.  It  is  also  the  seat  of  the  Honduras 
Legislature.  The  anchorage  in  front  of  the  town  is  excellent,  being 
protected  from  the  heavy  swells  of  the  open  sea  by  numerous  quays, 
but  is  adapted  for  vessels  of  moderate  size  only.  Population  about 
3,000.  At  PunLa  Grande,  about  150  miles  south  of  Belize,  there  is  a 
settlement  of  Caribs  numbering  about  500  souls.  They  were  formerly 
natives  of  the  sea-coast  below  Trujillo,  but  having  taken  part  against 
Morazan,  they  fled  to  this  place  for  safety. 

ISTORY. — Belize,  called  also  British  Honduras,  is  geographically  a  part 
of  the  peninsula  of  Yucatan.  It  was  transferred  by  Spain  to  England 
by  treaty,  in  1670,  but  at  different  times  its  occupation  was  contested 
by  the  Spaniards  till  1798,  since  which  period  it  has  remained  quietly 
in  the  possession  of  Great  Britain.  The  settlement  is  said  to  have  ob- 
tained its  name  from  a  noted  buccaneer  called  Wallace,  by  whom  it 
was  first  discovered.  The  name  was  written  Waliz  by  the  Spaniards, 
and  subsequently  further  corrupted  into  Balize  or  Belize,  as  it  now  stands. 


THE  COLONY  OF  THE  BAY  ISLANDS. 

The  Bay  Islands  consist  of  a  group  situate  in  the  Bay  of  Honduras,  and 
are  severally  known  as  Roatan,  Bonaca,  Utilla,  Barbarat,  Helene,  and 
Morat.  Geographically  they  belong  to  the  State  of  Honduras,  being 
located  immediately  on  its  coast,  and  only  about  20  or  30  miles  north  of 
Trujillo,  its  principal  port,  and  until  lately  have  been  in  its  actual  pos- 
session politically. 

Roatan,  the  largest  of  the  islands,  is  30  miles  long  and  9  miles  broad,  has 


62  BELIZE    OR    BRITISH    HONDURAS. 

a  fine  soil,  healthful  climate,  a  plentiful  supply  of  good  water,  and,  fur- 
thermore, tv.^0  excellent  harbors,  each  capable  of  containing  a  fleet.  It 
may  be  considered,  says  Alcedo,  as  the  key  of  the  Bay  of  Honduras,  and 
the  focus  of  the  trade  of  the  neighboring  countries.  This  beautiful 
island,  says  MacGregor,  has  an  excellent  harbor,  easily  defended,  and  is 
well  adapted  to  the  culture  of  cotton,  coffee,  and  other  tropical  products ; 
and,  Capt.  Mitchell  says,  the  local  position  of  the  island  seems  one  of 
importance  in  a  commercial,  and,  perhaps,  in  a  political  point  of  view. 
It  is  the  only  place  where  good  harbors  are  found  on  an  extensive  and 
dangerous  coast.  Near  this  island  are  the  others  above  refered  to,  and 
which  together  have  an  area  estimated  at  about  600  square  miles. 
History. — On  the  I7th  July,  1852,  the  superintendent  of  Belize,  in  the 
name  of  the  queen,  proclaimed  these  islands  to  constitute  and  be  a  Brit- 
ish colony,  to  be  known  and  designated  as  the  Colony  of  the  Bay  Islands ; 
and  thus  Honduras,  after  a  series  of  aggressions,  was  virtually  despoiled 
of  its  legitimate  territory.  The  main  points  in  their  antecedent  history 
are  these  :  Bonaca,  then  called  Guanaja,  was  discovered  in  1502  by 
Columbus,  who  took  possession  of  it  on  behalf  of  Spain,  and  in  like  man- 
ner he  took  possession  of  Roatan.  Spain  remained  in  undisputed  occu- 
pancy until  the  days  of  the  buccaneers  ;  and  it  can  readily  be  supposed 
that  Roatan,  with  its  safe  and  excellent  harbor,  fine  climate,  and 
abundant  supplies,  could  not  long  escape  the  attention  of  these  rovers. 
A  descent  was  made  on  it  in  1642  by  this  fraternity,  and  at  the  same 
time  Bonaca  and  the  neighboring  islands  were  captured.  These  posi- 
tions, says  the  historian  Juarros,  were  exceedingly  advantageous  to  them, 
and  proportionately  injurious  to  the  Spaniards,  because,  being  near  the 
mainland,  the  English  (buccaneers)  were  enabled  to  make  their  descents 
whenever  they  pleased,  and  with  equal  facility  intercept  the  commerce 
between  the  kingdom  of  Guatemala  and  Spain.  The  annoyance  from 
this  source  finally  became  so  serious  that  an  expedition  from  Havana 
was  fitted  out  to  expel  them  from  this  stronghold.  The  expedition  con- 
sisted of  four  ships  of  war  under  Villalva  y  Toledo,  who  endeavored  to 
surprise  the  buccaneers,  but  finding  the  harbors  fortified,  steered  for  the 
main  for  reinforcements.  He  subsequently  returned,  and  in  the  month 
of  March,  1650,  after  some  hard  fighting,  succeeded  in  driving  them 
from  the  island.  The  Spanish  regained  possession  only  to  find  it  a  waste. 
The  few  natives  that  the  buccaneers  had  spared  and  reduced  to  slavery 
were  too  fearful  of  their  return  to  remain,  and  emigrated  to  the  main, 
where  the  government  allotted  them  lands.  The  island,  thus  abandoned, 
seems  to  have  remained  deserted  until  1742,  when  the  English  enter- 


BELIZE    OR    BRITISH    HONDURAS. 


tained  and  attempted  the  project  of  obtaining  possession  of  the  whole  of 
the  Atlantic  coast  of  Central  America.  In  furtherance  of  this  plan  they 
forcibly  seized  upon  several  important  points  of  the  mainland,  captured 
Trujillo,  and  erected  forts  at  the  mouth  of  Black  River.  They  also 
occupied  Roatan,  and  fortified  it  with  materials  carried  off  from  Hon- 
duras. These  events,  in  conjunction  with  others,  led  to  a  war  with 
Spain,  which  lasted  until  1763,  vrhen  a  treaty  was  concluded,  the  17th 
article  of  which  provided  that  all  fortifications  erected  by  the  British  in 
the  Bay  of  Honduras  should  be  demolished  within  four  months,  etc.  The 
■  forts  at  Black  River  and  other  places  were  accordingly  evacuated  in 
1664;  but  in  violation  of  the  treaty  the  occupation  of  Roatan  was  con- 
tinued. In  1780  Spain  again  declared  war  against  England,  and  the 
authorities  of  Guatemala  succeeded  in  expelling  the  English.  The  treaty 
of  peace  of  1783,  with  a  special  reference  to  these  islands,  provided  not 
only  that  the  English  should  abandon  the  continent  (except  Belize),  but 
all  islands  whatever  depending  on  it ;  and  in  the  supplemental  treaty 
of  1786  it  was  provided  that  the  English  should  "  evacuate  the  country 
of  the  Mosquitos,  as  well  as  the  continent  in  general  and  the  islands  ad- 
jacent, without  exception.  Not  finding  any  means  of  evading  this  pro- 
vision, England  did  really  abandon,  not  only  these  islands,  but  the  whole 
coast.  The  provisions  of  this  treaty  were  suspended  by  the  war  of  1796, 
when  England,  still  hankering  after  these  valuable  islands,  again  occu- 
pied them,  and  constituted  them  the  penal  settlements  of  the  much  injured 
natives  whom  their  cruel  rapacity  had  spared  in  St.  Vincent  and  the 
other  Leeward  Islands.  Two  thousand  of  these  were  located  upon  Roa- 
tan, but  as  soon  as  the  invasion  became  known  in  the  capital  of  Guate- 
mala, their  subjugation  was  ordered.  Accordingly  an  expedition  was 
sent  to  the  island,  which,  on  the  I7th  May,  1797,  quietly  surrendered. 
This  seems  to  have  been  the  final  attempt  of  the  English  during  this 
century  forcibly  to  seize  upon  these  islands,  which  thenceforward  re- 
mained in  the  undisputed  possession  of  the  Spanish  crown.  A  new 
treaty  was  made  Aug.  28th,  1814,  into  which  the  stringent  provisions 
of  the  treaty  of  1786  were  incorporated,  word  for  word;  and  this  last 
was  in  full  force  when  the  Central  American  provinces  threw  ofi"  their 
allegiance  to  Spain.  Up  to  that  time,  therefore,  England  had  acquired 
no  shadow  of  a  title  to  these  islands.  Passing  from  Spain  they  naturally 
lapsed  to  the  republican  authorities  of  the  new  government,  and  all  the 
rights  of  sovereignty  belonged  to  it  alone.  This  state  of  things  contin- 
ued until  1830,  in  which  year  the  British  superintendent  of  Belize  made 
a  descent  on  Roatan  and  seized  it  on  behalf  of  the  British  crown.     At 


64  BELIZE    OR    BRITISH    HONDURAS. 

this  time  the  States  of  Central  America  were  united,  and  not  to  be  out- 
raged. They  remonstrated,  and  the  British  government  solemnly  dis- 
avowed the  act  of  their  agent,  and  the  islands  were  abandoned  by  the 
invaders.  From  this  time  until  1841  the  islands  appear  to  have  remain- 
ed in  the  occupation  of  Honduras,  to  which  province  they  were  politi- 
cally attached;  but  again  in  that  year,  disregarding  the  facts  of  1830, 
the  superintendent  of  Belize,  proceeding  in  the  sloop-of-war  Rover  to 
Roatan,  and  meeting  with  no  resistance  from  the  small  garrison  stationed 
there,  hauled  down  the  flag  of  the  republic  and  hoisted  that  of  Great 
Britain  in  its  stead.  Thas,  in  the  time  of  peace  with  Honduras,  the 
island  was  again  forcibly  seized.  The  Central  Republic  had  been  dis- 
solved since  1830,  and  the  State  of  Honduras  alone  was  too  feeble  to 
make  effectual  resistance,  but  protested  energetically ;  yet  its  communi- 
cations to  the  British  government  appear  to  have  been  unanswered. 
Subsequently,  however,  the  actions  of  the  superintendent  were  stated  to 
have  been  in  accordance  with  the  orders  of  the  home  authorities,  and 
severe  punishment  was  threatened  if  the  government  of  Honduras  should 
thenceforward  exercise  or  assume  to  exercise  authority  in  Roatan.  In  the 
meanwhile  a  number  of  negroes  from  the  Cayman  Islands  established 
themselves  on  the  islands.  For  some  time  they  appear  to  have  been 
without  any  form  of  government,  but  with  the  increase  of  inhabitants 
they  organized  a  kind  of  council  and  elected  its  members  from  among 
themselves.  These  islanders  were  British  subjects,  and  hence  there  ap- 
peared some  kind  of  pretext  for  Britain  assuming  the  control  and  author- 
ity of  the  islands.  Early  in  1851.  a  plan  having  been  matured,  and  the 
islanders  having  been  properly  instructed,  they  applied  to  the  superin- 
tendent "  to  establish  a  regular  form  of  government  in  the  islands." 
How  far  this  "  application"  was  brought  about  by  the  English  agents  it 
is  not  necessary  to  inquire ;  but  it  is  certain  that  in  the  following  August 
Roatan,  etc.,  were  declared  attached  to  the  superintendency  of  Belize. 
It  was  not,  however,  until  the  next  year  that  the  affair  was  fully  con- 
summated by  the  proclamation  quoted  at  the  commencement  of  this 
history. 


6UAYANA. 


Astronomical  Position. — Between  latitudes  8°  40^  north  and  3°  30^ 
south,  and  longitudes  50°  22^  and  68°  10^  west  from  "Greenwich,  or 
8o  52^  and  26°  40^  east  from  Washington. 

Boundaries. — Northern:  the  Orinoco  River  and  Atlantic  Ocean; — east- 
ern: the  Atlantic  Ocean ; — southern:  the  River  Amazon  and  Rio  Negro ; 
and — western:  the  Orinoco  River  and  the  canal  of  Cassiquiare. 

Dimensions. — The  greatest  length,  east  and  west,  is  about  1,200  miles, 
and  the  greatest  breadth,  north  and  south,  about  850  miles.  The  area 
may.  be  computed  at  700,000  square  miles. 

Political  Divisions. — This  vast  territory,  extending  along  the  coast  from 
the  mouth  of  the  Oronoco  to  the  mouth  of  the  Amazon,  and  extending 
inland  as  far  as  the  natural  canal  of  Cassiquiare,  is  divided  into  Brazil- 
ian and  Venezuelan  Guayana,  and  into  colonial  Guayana,  the  latter 
belonging  to  Great  Britain,  Holland,  and  France.  The  colonial  division 
alone,  however,  is  now  recognized  under  this  name,  and  so  distinguished 
on  the  map — the  other  two  being  absorbed  by  their  respective  countries. 
The  three  colonies  alluded  to  are  maritime  territories,  lying  contiguous 
to  each  other  from  west  to  east,  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  named. 

Physical  Aspect. — The  whole  surface  of  the  coast-lands  is  on  a  level 
with  the  sea,  and  hence,  when  brought  into  cultivation,  have  to  be  em- 
banked and  drained  by  sluices  and  dams.  Shallows  and  muddy  banks 
stretch  along  the  whole  line,  and  run  several  miles  into  the  water.  The 
level  country  extends  from  10  to  40  miles  inland,  when  it  is  arrested  by 
sand  hills.  Behind  these  the  highland  stretches  out  in  level  or  undu- 
lating plains,  rising  here  and  there  into  eminences.  Notwithstanding 
the  general  flatness  of  the  country  toward  the  coast,  the  interior  is  trav-. 
ersed  in  various  directions  by  chains  of  mountains,  few  of  which,  how- 
ever are  of  any  great  height.  The  principal  rivers  of  the  country  are 
the  Amicuri,  Essequibo,  Deraerara,  Berbice,  Corentyn,  Surinam,  Sar- 
amacca,  Coppename,  Maroni,  Mana,  Sinnamary,  Oyak,  and  Oyapok,  all 
flowing  from  south  to  north,  and  emptying  into  the  Atlantic.  The  cli- 
mate is  moist,  and  on  the  coast  extremely  unhealthy.  The  soil  is  in 
general  fertile,  and  vegetation  singularly  vigorous  and  luxuriant.     Its 


66  GUAYANA. 


forest  trees,  which  cover  about  one-half  the  surface,  are  of  the  most 
magnificent  description.  Fruit  trees  of  various  kinds  abound — the  pine- 
apple, guava,  etc.,  and  among  medicinal  plants  are  noted  ipecacuanha, 
gentian,  and  many  others.  Cultivation  is  chiefly  limited  to  sugar,  coffee, 
yams,  cassava,  plantains,  bananas,  maize,  etc.  In  the  forests,  dye-woods, 
cochineal,  gum  copal,  and  a  multitude  of  other  valuable  and  unknown 
vegetable  productions  abound.  The  flora  is  rich  and  varied.  The  wild 
animals  are  those  of  tropical  South  America  generally.  The  aborigines, 
consisting  of  the  Arrawaks,  Accawai,  Carabisce,  Warrows,  Macusies, 
and  Wapisianas,  are  still  numerous,  and  in  general  live  in  a  savage  state. 

British  Guayana. 
British  Guayana  extends  along  the  coast  from  the  Amicuri  to  the  Coren- 
tyn,  and  consists  of  the  three  following  districts  : 

, ^Population  1850. , 

Districts.  Area,  sq.  m.  Eural.  Urban.  Total.  Chief  Towns. 

Essequibo 44.000  22,925  —  22,925  )  G^oRflT-TowN 

Demerara 27,000  50,259  25,508  75,76T  f  trEOEGETOWN. 

Berbice 25,000  24,370  4,633  29,003  New  Amsterdam. 

Total 96,000  97,554  30,141         127,695 

— of  the  total  population  86,451  are  natives  of  the  country. 

Products,  Commerce,  etc. — Sugar,  rum,  cofiee,  molasses,  and  hardwoods 
form  the  principal  articles  of  export.  In  1851  the  value  of  exports  was 
$4,152,638,  and  that  of  imports  $4,106,011.  A  brisk  trade  in  cattle 
from  the  Oronoco  is  also  carried  on.  The  foreign  trade  is  chiefly  with 
England  and  the  United  States. 

Government,  etc. — British  Guayana  is  administered  by  a  governor  ap- 
pointed by  the  crown  and  a  court  of  policy,  consisting  of  ten  members — 
five  official  and  five  non-official  members.  The  expenditures  of  the  colony 
in  1851  amounted  to  $928,094,  and  the  revenue  produced  $974,409. 

Towns. — Georgetown^  the  capital,  at  the  mouth  of  Demerara  River,  is  a 
Dutch-built  town,  and  is  intersected  with  canals.  It  has  numerous 
public  buildings,  and  its  port,  which  has  17  feet  anchorage,  is  well  de- 
fended by  Fort  Frederic  William.  Population  25,508,  of  which  four- 
fifths  are  negroes.  New  Amsterdam,  at  the  mouth  of  Berbice  River, 
extends  for  a  mile  and  a  half  along  its  east  bank.  Like  Georgetown,  it 
is  intersected  by  canals,  and  each  residence  is  separated  by  a  trench  or 
ditch,  filled  and  emptied  by  the  tide.  It  has  commodious  wharfs  and 
warehouses,  and  the  entrance  to  the  river  is  defended  by  three  strong 
batteries.  Small  vessels  only  can  enter  the  harbor.  Population  4,633. 
These  towns  are  chiefly  engaged  in  commerce. 


GUAYANA.  67 


History.— 'Guayana  was  discovered  by  Vasco  Nunez  in  1504,  and  in  1558 
the  Dutch  made  their  first  settlement  on  the  Pomeroon.  It  was  sub,se- 
quently,  at  several  periods,  seized  upon  by  the  British,  and  from  1803 
that  nation  retained  its  present  territory. 

Dutch  Guayana,  or  Surinam. 

Dutch  Guayana  extends  along  the  coast  from  the  Corentyn  to  the  Maroni, 
and  contains  59,765  square  miles. 

Population,  etc. — At  the  close  of  1850  the  colony  contained  61,080  in- 
habitants, of  whom  12,401  were  Europeans  and  Creoles,  8,000  bush 
negroes,  1,000  Indians,  and  39,679  slaves.  Of  religious  sects,  the  Mora- 
vians numbered  17,933  members.     Schools  15 — scholars  about  1,200. 

Productive  Industry. — On  273  plantations,  consisting  of  366,548  acres. 
48,815  were  under  cultivation.  The  staples  produced  in  1851  were 
sugar,  rum,  molasses,  coffee,  cocoa,  and  cotton,  together  valued  at 
Si, 243, 310.  The  live-stock  consisted  of — horses  168,  mules  59,  horned 
cattle  5,564,  sheep  3,115,  goats  454,  and  hogs  4,664.  Surinam  in  1851 
was  visited  by  246  vessels;  imports  $835,025,  and  exports  $1,150,841. 
The  trade  is  chiefly  with  Holland.  There  is  a  line  of  mail  steamers 
between  Paramaribo  and  Demerara. 

Government. — The  colony  is  ruled  by  a  governor,  appointed  by  the  crown, 
and  a  council,  elected  by  the  freeholders.  Justice  is  administered  by  a 
supreme  court,  courts  of  minor  jurisdiction,  and  a  court  of  inheritance  and 
orphans.  The  receipts  into  the  treasury  in  1850  amounted  to  $436,072, 
and  the  disbursements  to  $416,959.  •  The  slaves  of  this  colony  were 
emancipated  in  1851,  but  remain  as  indentured  apprentices  for  12  years, 
and  work  without  pay.  The  army  consists  of  610  men  of  all  arms,  and 
the  navy  of  11  vessels,  chiefly  small. 

Chief  Town. — Paramariho^  the  capital,  is  situate  on  the  right  bank  of  the 
Surinam,  about  10  miles  from  its  mouth.  A  little  north  from  the  town 
is  the  fort  of  Zeelandia,  where  the  governor  resides,  and  where  also  most 
of  the  government  establishments  are  situate.  Paramaribo  has  a  mili- 
tary and  civil  hospital,  and  a  charitable  society.  New  Amsterdam  is 
the  principal  port.  Batavia,  Orange,  and  Fredenhurg  are  on  the  coast, 
and  Wilhelmsburg^  Magdenhurg,  and  Jews^  Town  in  the  interior. 

History. — The  first  settlements  were  made  by  the  Dutch  in  1580,  on  the 
Pomeroon.  The  colony  rapidly  spread  eastward  over  Demerara  and 
Essequibo.  In  1781,  1796,  and  1803  it  was  taken  by  the  British,  and 
from  the  latter  period  only  the  present  restricted  territory  has  been  held 
by  the  Dutch  authorities. 


GUAYANA. 


French  Guayana,  or  Cayenne. 

French  Guayana  occupies  the  most  easterly  portion  of  colonial  Guayana, 
its  coast-line  extending  from  the  Maroni  to  the  Oyapok — a  distance  of 
200  miles.  The  territory  comprises  the  island  of  Cayenne,  celebrated 
for  the  description  of  pepper  having  that  name.     Area  22,500  sq.  miles. 

Divisions,  Population,  etc. — The  colony  is  divided  into  two  districts — 
Cayenne  and  Sinnamary,  and  14  communes.  In  1851  the  population 
amounted  to  22,010,  of  which  14,997  were  negroes. 

Productive  Industry. — In  addition  to  the  staples  of  the  British  and  Dutch 
colonies,  French  Gu-yana  produces  pepper,  cloves,  cinnamon,  and  nut- 
megs. The  annual  value  of  imports  and  exports  is  between  $2,500,000 
and  $3,000,000.     Trade  is  chiefly  with  France  and  her  colonies. 

Government. — The  government  is  vested  in  a  governor,  assisted  by  a 
privy  council  and  colonial  council  of  16  members,  elected  by  the  colo- 
nists.    The  expenses  of  the  government  are  about  $600,000  a  year. 

Chief  Town. — Cayenne^  on  the  island  of  the  same  name,  is  capital  of  the 
colony.  The  harbor  is  shallow,  but  otherwise  good.  It  is  protected  by 
a  fort  and  several  batteries.  The  government  house  is  in  the  old  town, 
a  miserable  district ;  the  new  town  has  good  streets,  is  well  built,  and 
has  several  storage  warehouses.  Population  about  5,000.  Sinnamary, 
Oyapok,  etc.,  are  comparatively  small  settlements  on  the  mainland. 

History. — The  French  first  settled  Cayenne  in  1604.  In  1763  the  gov- 
ernment sent  out  12, Co./  emigrants,  but  these  mostly  perished.  The 
British  and  Portuguese  captured  the  colony  in  1809,  but  restored  it  to 
France  in  1814,  with  whom  it  still  remains.  Its  population  in  1851 
was  largely  augmented  by  the  transportation  of  political  offenders. 


1 
CATALOGUE 

OF 

MAPS,  CHARTS,  BOOKS,  ETC., 

PUBLISHED  BY 

J.  H.  COLTON  &  CO., 

JrO.  172  WILLIAM-STREET,  COENEB,  OF  BEEKMAN 


LLlustTated  and  EmlDellislied  Steel-Plate 

MAP  OF  THE  WORLD, 

On  Mercator's  Projection,  exhibiting  tlie  recent  Arctic 
and  Antarctic  Discoveries  and  Explorations,  &c.  &c. 
6  sheets.    Size,  SO  by  60  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $13  00. 

This  splendid  and  highly-finished  map  is  the  largest  and  most  accuj-ate 
work  of  the  kind  ever  published.  It  exhibits  a  full  resume  of  all  geo- 
graphical knowledge,  and  shows  at  one  view,  not  only  the  world  as  it 
now  is,  in  all  its  natural  and  political  relations,  but  also  the  progress  of 
discovery  from  the  earliest  ages.  In  its  compilation,  every  facility  has 
been  rendered  by  the  liberality  of  our  own  government  in  furnishing 
published  and  private  maps  and  documents ;  and  also  by  the  govern- 
ments of  Europe,  especially  those  of  France  and  England,  whose  rich 
stores  of  geographical  works  have  elicited  much,  that  until  the  present 
publication  has  been  as  a  sealed  letter.  As  a  work  of  art,  it  excels  all 
its  predecessors,  and  is  as  ornamental  as  useful.  It  is  beautifully  colored, 
and  mounted  in  the  handsomest  style. 


MAP  OF  THE  WORLD, 

On  Mercator's  Projection,  exhibiting  the  recent  Arctic 
and  Antarctic  Discoveries  and  Explorations,  &:c.  «&c« 
2  sheets.    Size,  44  by  36  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $4  00. 

This  work  is  reduced  from  the  large  map,  and  contains  all  the  moro 
Important  featiu-es  of  that  publication.  It  has  been  constructed  with 
especial  reference  to  commercial  utility ;  the  ports,  lines  .of  travel,  inte- 
rior trading  towns  and  posts,  &c.,  being  accurately  laid  down.  An  im- 
portant feature  in  this  map  is  the  transposition  of  tlie  continents  so  as  to 
give  America  i  central  position,  and  exhibit  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
ocea.'us  in  their  entirety.  The  map  is  engraved  on  steel,  highly  embol- 
lishidd,  and  mounted  in  the  best  style.  As  a  medium  sized  map,  it  con- 
tains much  more  than  the  usual  amount  of  information.  '  . 


2  MAPS,    CHARTS,    BOOKS,    ETC., 

MAP  OF  THE  WORLD, 

On  Mercator's  projection,  &c.    1  sheet.    Size,  28  by  23 
inches.  Price,  mounted,  $1  50. 

Thia  is  a  beautifully  got  up  map,  and,  from  the  closeness  of  its  infor- 
mation, contains  aa  much  as  the  generality  of  maps  twice  its  size.  It  is 
well  adapted  for  the  use  of  those  who  do  not  require  the  detail  ol 
topography,  which  is  the  peculiar  featiu-e  in  the  larger  maps.  As  a 
companion  to  the  student  of  general  history  it  is,  perhaps,  prefer- 
able to  any  other,  as  it  is  compact  and  easy  of  reference.  The  pro- 
gress of  discovery,  from  the  times  of  Columbus  to  the  present  day,  ia 
fully  exhibited ;  and  especial  care  has  been  taken  to  show  distinctly  the 
recent  explorations  in  the  Arctic  and  Autai-ctic  regions. 


MISSIONARY  MAP  OF  THE  WORLD, 

On  a  hemispherical  projection,  each  hemisphere  being 
six  feet  in  diameter,  and  both  printed  on  one  piece  ot 
cloth  at  one  impression.    Size,  160  by  SO  inches. 

Price,  $10  00. 


MAP  OF  NORTH  AND  SOUTH  AMERICA, 

"With  enlarged  plans  of  the  fsthnius  of  Panama — 
the  ffsthnius  of  Tehuantepec — and  the  Nicaragua 
Route,  sho-vring  the  projected  and  completed  lines 
of  inter-oceanic  communication — also  plans  of  the 
Bermuda  Islands — the  Bffarbor  of  San  Juan  de 
Nicaragua — and  the  Cities  of  Rio  de  Janeiro, 
Panama,  and  AspiniTall  City.  Also  tables  of  dis> 
tances  from  the  principal  ports  of  the  United 
States  to  all  parts  of  the  tTorld,  etc.  2  Sheets. 
Size,  45  by  52  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $5  00. 

This  map  is  beautifully  ensraved  on  steel  plates,  and  is  colored  and 
mounted  in  superior  style.  Of  the  Americas  together,  it  is  by  far  the 
most  complete  and  reliable  of  any  map  extant.  It  exhibits  the  larger 
portion  of  the  Pacific,  with  its  groups  of  islands,  and  nearly  all  of  the 
Atlantic  Ocean,  with  the  western  coasts  of  Africa  and  Europe,  the  tracks 
of  navigators,  etc 


MAP  OF  INORTH  AMERICA, 

Compiled  from  the  latest   authorities.     1  sheet.     Size, 
89  by  26  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50;   in  cases,  $0  75* 


PUBLISHED    BY    J.    H.    COLTON.  3 

TOPOGRAPHICAL  MAP  OF  THE  WEST  INDIES, 

With  the  acyacent  coastji :  compiled  from  the  latest  au- 
thorities.   1  sheet.    Size,  32  by  25  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50  ;  in  cases,  $0  75* 


MAP  OF  SOUTH  AMERICA, 

Carefully  compiled  from  the  latest  maps  and  charts  and 
other  geographical  publications.  2  sheets.  Size,  44 
by  31  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $4  00. 

This  is  the  largest  and  best  map  of  South  America  ever  issued  in  thia 
countiy,  and  the  only  one  available  for  commercial  puiposes.  It  is  also 
an  excellent  school  map. 

MAP  OF  SOUTH  AMERICA, 

Compiled  from  the  latest  authoiities,  and  accompanied 
with  statistical  tables  of  the  area,  population,  &e.,  of 
the  several  states.    1  sheet.    Size,  32  by  25  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50. 


MAP  OF  EUROPE, 

Carefully  compiled  from  the  latest  maps  and  charts, 
a.nd  other  geographical  publications.  4  sheets.  Size, 
58  by  44  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $6  00. 

The  best  map  of  Europe  extant,  exhibiting  the  topography  and  polit- 
ical condition  of  that  continent  with  great  accuracy.  It  is  an  excellent 
map  for  schools  as  well  as  for  the  merchant's  office. 


Compiled  from  the  laiesc  authorities,  &c.,  with  statia- 
tical  tables  exhibiting  the  area,  population,  form  of 
government,  religion,  «&;c.,  of  each  state.  1  sheet. 
Siz«,  32  by  25  inches.  Price,  mounted,  ^1  50. 


MAP  OF  ASIA, 

Carefully  compiled  from  the  latest  maps  and  charts^ 
and  other  geographical  publications.  4  sheets.  Size, 
58  by  44  inches.  Price,  mounted,  ^S  00. 

This  map  is  the  largest  and  most  accurate  ever  issued  in  Americai 
md  contains  all  the  most  recent  determinations  in  BriJish   Indiji,  &.C. 


4:  MAPS,    CHARTS,    BOOKS,    ETC., 

It  is  indispensably  necessary  to  merchants  trading  with  Chinti,  India, 
fcc.,  and  must  be  especially  valnable  at  the  present  time,  when  our  con- 
nection with  those  countries  is  daily  becoming  more  intimate.  Nor  is 
it  leaa  valuable  for  seminaries  of  leai-ning. 


MAP  OF  ASIA, 

Compiled  from  tlie  most  recent  authorities,  together 
■with  statistical  tables  of  the  area,  population,  &c.,  of 
each  state*    1  sheet.    Size,  32  by  25  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50. 


MAP  OF  AFRICA, 

Carefully  compiled  from  tlie  latest  maps  and  charts, 
and  other  geographical  publications.  4  sheets.  Size, 
58  by  44  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $6  00. 

The  largest  and  most  accurate  map  of  Africa  ever  published  m  the 
United  States.  It  exhibits  the  most  recent  discoveries  of  travellers — 
the  new  political  divisions  on  the  north  and  west  coasts  and  in  South- 
ern Africa,  &c.,  &c.    As  an  oiEce  or  school  map  it  has  no  superior. 


MAP  OF  AFRICA, 

Compiled  from  the  latest  authorities,  and  accompanied 
with  statistical  tables  of  the  area,  population,  &c.,  of 
each  state.    1  sheet.    Size,  32  by  25  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50 


MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 
THE  BEITISH  PEOnNCES,  MEXICO,  AND  THE  WEST  INDIES. 

ShoTTing  the  country  from  the  Atlantic   to   the  Pacific 
ocean.    4  slieets.    Size,  62  by  55  inches. 

Price,  S6  00. 

Extraordinary  exertions  have  been  employed  to  make  this  map  perfect- 
ly reliable  and  authentic  in  all  respects.  It  is  the  only  large  map  tliat  ex- 
hibits the  United  States  in  its  full  extent.  Being-  engraved  on  steel,  and 
Handsomely  mounted,  it  forms  not  only  a  useful,  but  highly  ornamental 
addition  to  the  office,  library,  or  hall.  All  the  railroads,  canals,  and  post- 
roads,  with  distances  from,  place  to  place,  are  accurately  laid  down.  To 
maie  the  map  more  generally  useful,  the  publisher  has  appended  to  it  a 
map  of  Central  America  and  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  and  also  a  plan  ex  • 
hibiting  the  inter-oceanic  railroad,  &c.  It  deserves  to  take  precedence  o 
all  maps  heretofore  published  in  this  country. 


POBLISHED  BY  J.  H.  COLTON. 


MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  THE  CANADAS; 

Showing  the  base,  meridian,  and  township  lines  of  the 
United  States  surveys ;  the  lines  of  counties,  districts, 
and  parishes ;  the  location  of  cities,  villages,  and  post- 
offlces;  all  railroads,  canals,  post  and  other  roads;  also 
the  district  and  town  lines  of  the  Canadas— the  whole 
being  compiled  from  the  latest  surveys  and  other  authen- 
tic sources.    9  sheets.    Size,  82  by  68  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  or  in  portable  form,  $13.00. 

OPINIONS    OF    THE    PRESS. 

"  As  a  work  of  mere  art,  it  is  exceedingly  beautiful ;  but  as  an  accurate 
and  faithful  delineation  of  the  country,  in  all  its  aspects,  geographical  and 
political,  it  is  entitled  to  the  very  highest  praise.  The  map  is  six  feet  by 
seven,  projected  on  a  scale  of  twenty-tour  miles  to  the  inch ;  showing,  with 
the  utmost  accuracy,  not  only  the  general,  but  minute  features  ofthe  whole 
Country.  Every  state,  county,  and  township,  within  our  whole  broad  ter- 
ritory, is  designated  by  boundary  lines — the  courses  of  rivers  and  streams, 
canals,  railroads,  stage  and  post  roads,  the  position  of  cities,  tovinis,  vil- 
lages and  hamlets,  lakes  and  mountains,  are  laid  down — every  county  being 
colored  separately.  The  meridian  and  township  lines  of  the  United  States 
survevs,  and  indeed  all  the  topographical  minutife  ever  found  on  maps,  is 
here  displayed.  So  far  as  the  ornamental  portion  of  this  great  work  is  con- 
cerned, we  repeat  that  it  is  superior  to  any  thing  we  nave  seen.  It  is 
splendidly  bordered  by  scroll-work,  and  by  the  introduction,  at  proper 
places,  of  fou-rteen  of  the  most  important  cities  of  the  United  States: 
among  which,  New  York  and  New  Orleans  are  most  conspicuous,  and 
upon  a  larger  scale.  Boston,  Philadelphia,  Baltimore,  Washington,  and 
Charleston,  are  very  accurately  represented,  and  beautifully  engraved,  as 
is  the  case  with  all  the  rest,  Cincinnati,  Louisville,  St.  Louis,  &c.,  &c. 
These  views,  it  seems  to  us,  are  worth  half  the  price  of  the  whole  work, 
as  specimens  of  our  rapid  improvement  in  the  arts.  However,  it  is  to  the 
utilitarian  portion  of  the  map,  that  we  wish  particularly  to  call  the  atten- 
tion of  the  public.    In  this  respect,  it  is  invaluable." 

New  York  Courier  and  Enquirer. 

"  This  noble  map  is  six  feet  by  seven,  projected  on  a  scale  of  twenty-four 
miles  to  the  inch,  and  is  certified  on  the  map  by  Mr.  Steige'r,  the  principal 
Clerk  of  Sui-veys  at  Washington,  that  it  embraces  all  surveys  made  by  the 
United  States,  from  the  Atlantic  ocean  to  the  American  Desert",  or  to  the 
32d  degree  of  west  longitude.  It  would  seem  to  be  authority  on  all  boun- 
dary questions,  from  national  to  township  lines.  This  map  is  particularly 
valuable  for  its  correctness  in  regard  to  the  Western  and  Southern  States 
and  Tern  ories.  The  base,  meridian,  and  township  lines  of  the  United 
States  sui  veys  are  given ;  and  those  owuing  lands  in  any  part  of  our 
country,  witli  the  map  before  them,  may  put  thejr  finger  upon  any  section, 
and  see  the  streams,  lakes,  swamps,  &c.,  portrayed  from  actual  survey.  In 
addition  to  the  United  States,  the  map  contains  a  representation  of  the 
Canadas,  ami  North  and  Central  America,  a  desirable  improvement  upon 
the  shadowy  outlines  heretofore  given.  The  countries  set  apart  by  the 
United  States  for  the  use  of  the  different  Indian  tribes,  and  their  names, 
are  also  given.  As  a  work  of  art,  this  map  is  unquestionably  a  liigfi 
achievement.  It  is  wholly  en^^raved  on  steel,  is  splendidly  bordered  by 
scroll-work,  with  the  introduction,  at  proper  places,  of  vignettes  of  cities 
among  which  New  Orleans  and  New  York  are  most  conspicuous,  and 
embraces  a  fine  view  of  our  National  and  State  emblems.'' 

New  Orleans  Commercial  Bulletin 


§  PUBLISHED    BY    J.    H.    C  O  L  T  0  N  . 

MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 

THE  BRITISH  PROYINCES.  MEXICO.  THE  WEST  INDIES,  AND 

CENTRAL  MfERICA,  WITH  PARTS  OP  NEW 

GRENADA  AND  VENEZUELA, 

ExMbiting  the  country  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific, 
and  from  50°  N.   lat.   to  the  Isthmus   of  Panama  and 
the  Oronoco  river.    3  sheets.    Size,  45  by  36  inches. 
Price,  mounted,  $3  00;   in  cases,  $1  50. 

The  vast  extent  of  country  embraced  in  this  map,  and  the  importance 
of  the  territories  portrayed,  render  it  one  of  the  most  useful  to  the  mer- 
chant and  all  others  connected  with  or  interested  in  the  onward  pro- 
gress of  the  United  States.  It  is  peculiarly  adapted  to  the  present  times, 
Bhowing,  as  it  does,  the  whole  sphere  of  American  steam  navigation  on 
both  sides  of  the  continent,  and  giving  the  best  delineations  extant  of 
our  new  territories  on  the  Pacific.  All  the  railroads  and  canals  ai-e  laid 
down  with  accuracy.  There  is  also  appended  to  the  map  a  diagram  of 
the  Atlantic  ocean,  in  reference  to  steam  communication  between  Eu- 
rope and  America  ;  and  a  detailed  plan  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  show- 
ing the  several  lines  of  inter-oceanic  intercourse.  The  map  is  engraved 
on  steel  and  highly  embellished. 


THE  STATE  OF  ARKANSAS. 
COLTON'S  NEW  TOWNSHIP  ilAP  OF  ARKANSAS. 
Compiled  from  the  United  States  Surveys,  and  other  au- 
thentic sources.    By  D.  F.  Shall.   Size,  30  by  35  inches. 
Price,  mounted,  $3  00;  pocket,  $1  00, 
This  is  the  best  map  of  this  state  published — its  correctness  being  cer- 
tified by  various  government  and  state  officers. 


MAP  OF  THE  STATE  OF  INEW  YORK, 
WITH  PARTS  OP  THE  ADJACENT  COUNTRY, 
Embracing  plans  of  the  principal  cities  and  some  of  the 
larger  villages.     By  David  H.  Burr.     6  sheets.    Size, 
60  by  50  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $6  00. 

This  is  the  largest  and  best  map  of  the  state  in  the  market,  and  ex- 
hibits accurately  all  the  county  and  township  lines;  all  internal  im- 
provements, and  the  position  of  cities,  villages,  &c.'  A  new  edition, 
embi-acing  all  the  alterations  made  by  the  state  legislature,  is  issued  as 
early  aa  possible  after  the  close  of  each  session  annually,  so  that  tb« 
public  may  rely  on  its  completeness  at  the  date  of  issue. 

1* 


MAPS,    CHARTS,    BOOKS,    ETC.  7 

MAP  OF  THE  {STATES  OF  INEW  ENGLAND  AND  N.  YORK, 

With  parts  of  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  tlie  Canadas^ 
&;e.,  sho-wing  the  railroads,  canals,  and  stage-roads, 
^with  distances  from  place  to  place,  1  sheet.  Size,  30 
by  23  inches.  Price,  mounted,  ^1  25. 

Tills  is  an  exceedingly  minute  and  correct  map,  having  been  compiled 
With  great  cai-e  and  a  strict  adherence  to  actual  sm-vey. 


MAP   OF  THE   COUNTRY  33   MILES  AROUND 

THE  CITY  OP  NEW  TOEK. 

Compiled  from  the  maps  of  the  United  States'  Coast 
Survey  and  other  authorities.  1  sheet.  Size,  29  by 
26  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50 ;   in  cases,  $0  75, 


MAP  OF  LONG  ISLAND, 

With  the  environs  of  the  city  of  New  York  and  the 
southern  part  of  Connecticut.  By  J.  Calvin  Smith. 
4  sheets..  Size,  60  by  42  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $4  00. 


TRAVELER'S  MAP  OF  LONG  ISLAND. 

Price,  in  cases,  $0  38. 

A  neat  pocket  map  for  duck-shooters  and  other  sportsmen. 


MAP  OF  THE  CITY  AND  COUNTY  OF  NEW  YORK, 

Brooklyn,  Williamsburg,  Jersey  City,  and  the  acUaceni 
waters.    3  sheets.    Size,  56  by  32  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $3  00. 

The  Commissioners'  Survey  is  the  basis  of  this  map.  The  improve- 
ments have  been  accm-ately  laid  down :  and  to  make  the  work  more 
valuable,  maps  of  the  vicinity  of  New  York,  of  the  Hudson  river,  and 
of  the  cities  of  Boston  and  Philadelphia,  have  been  appende.1.  No 
exertion  has  been  spai-ed  to  keep  the  work  up  with  the  progress  of  the 
city  and  neighborhood.  The  exceedingly  low  price  at  which  it  is  issued 
ought  tc  secixrs  to  it  a  large  circulation. 


8  PUBLISHED    BY    J.    H.    CO  1  TON. 

MAP  OF  THE  CITY  OF  NEW  YORK, 

Together  ■with  Brooklyn,  Williamsburg,  Grecnpolnt) 
Jersey  City,  Hoboken,  &;c.,  exhibiting  a  plan  of  the 
port  of  New  Yoi'k,  with  its  islands,  sandbanks,  rocks, 
and  the  soundings  in  feet.  1  sheet.  Size,  32  by  26 
inches.  Price,  mounted,  $1  50;   in  cases,  $0  50. 


IVIAP  OF  THE  CITY  OF  BROOKLYN, 

As  consolidated  by  an  act  of  the  JLegislature  of  the 
State  of  Ne^v  ¥'ork,incIuding  ]Srooklyn,WiIlianis- 
burgh,  Oreen  Point,  and  Bushxvick,  constructed 
from  the  official  maps  of  the  Commissioners  and 
other  authentic  sources,  exhibiting  the  farm  lines 
and  names  of  the  original  o^tvners.  Size,  54  by 
40  inches.  Price^  mounted,  $5  OO. 


SECTIONAL  MAP  OF  THE  STATE  OF  ILLINOIS, 

Compiled  from  the  United  States'  surveys.  Also  exhibit- 
ing the  internal  improvements;  distances  between 
towns,  villages,  and  post-offices ;  outlines  of  prairies, 
"woodlands,  marshes,  and  lands  donated  by  the  Gene- 
ral Government  for  the  purposes  of  internal  improve- 
ments. By  J.  M.  Feck,  Tohn  Messenger,  and  A.  J. 
Mathewson.    2  sheets.     Size,  43  by  32  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $2  50 ;  in  cases,  $1  50. 
The  largest,  most  accurate,  and  only  reliable  map  of  Illinois  extant. 


MAP  OF  THE  STATE  OF  INDIANA, 

Compiled  from  the  United  States'  Surveys  by  S.  D. 
King.  Exhibiting  the  sections  and  fractional  settions, 
situation  and  boundaries  of  counties,  the  location  of 
cities,  villages,  and  post-offices — canals,  railroads,  and 
other  internal  improvemerts,  &;e.,  &C.  6  sheets.  Size, 
66  by  48  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $6  00. 

The  only  large  and  accurate  map  of  Indiana  eyer  issued,  and  one 
that  every  land-owner  and  speculator  will  find  indispensably  necessary 
to  a  full  understanding  of  the  topography  of  the  country,  and  the  im- 
provements Which  have  been  completed,  and  those  which  are  now  in 
progress.    It  is  handsomely  engraved  and  embeUished. 


MAPS,    CHAUTS,    BOdKS,    ETC.,  9 

MAP  OF  THE  STATE  OF  INDIANA, 

Compiled  from  the  United  States'  surveys.  Exhibiting 
the  sections  and  fractional  sections,  situation  and 
boundaries  of  counties,  the -location  of  cities,  villages, 
and  post-offices— canals,  railroads,  and  other  internal 
improvements,  &C.5  &c,  2  sheets.  Sizcj  43  by  32 
inches.  Price,  mounted,  $3  00. 

This  map  is  a  reduction  from  the  large  work,  and  contains  equally 

with  that  important  publication  all  the  essential  features  of  the  state 

and  the  improvements  that  have  been  effected.    It  is  suitable  for  an 

oflSce  or  house  map. 


A  NEW  MAP  OF  INDIANA, 

Reduced  from  the  largo  map.  Exhibiting  the  boundaries 
of  counties ;  township  surveys  ',  location  of  cities,  towns, 
villages,  and  post-offlces— canals,  railroads,  and  other 
internal  improvements,  &c*  1  sheet.  Size,  17  by  14 
inches.  Price,  in  cases,  $0  38. 


MAP  OF  MICHIGAN, 

Map  of  the  sui-veyed  part  of  the  State  of  Michigan.    By 
Jolm  Fai*mer.    1  sheet.     Size,  35  by  25  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $2  00 ;   in  cases,  Si  50. 


MAP  OF  THE  WESTERN  STATES, 

l^iz.  I  Ohio,  Michigan,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Missouri,  Iowa, 
and  Wisconsin,  and  the  Territory  of  Minesota,  show- 
ing the  township  lines  of  the  United  States'  Surveys, 
location  of  cities,  to\vns,  villages,  post-hamlets— canals, 
railroads,  and  stage-roads.  By  J.  Calvin  Smith.  1 
r    sheet.    Size,  28  by  24  inches. 

Price,  mouMtedj^l  25;  in  cases,  $0  63. 


MAP  OF  KENTUCKY  AND  TENNESSEE; 

Exhibiting  the  railroads,  post  roads,  &c,    1  sheet.    Size 
25  by  17  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  Sl.25 ;  and  in  cases,  $0.50. 


10  PUBLISHED     BY     J.     H.     JOLTON. 

STREAM  OF  TIME, 

Or  Chart  of  Universal  History.  Prom  the  original  Ger- 
man of  Strauss.  RoTised  and  continued  by  R.  S, 
Fisher,  M.  D.     Size,  43  by  32  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $3  00. 

An  invaluable  companion  to  every  student  of  History. 


MAP  OF  THE  CITY  AND  COUINTY  OF  IMEW  YORK. 

With  parts  of  Brooklyn,  Williamsbur^h  and  Green  Point, 
and  of  Jersey  City,  Hoboken,  &c.  ""Compiled  from  the 
latest  Surveys,  &c.    1  Sheet.  Size  32  by  20  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  Si  50  ;  in  cases,  SO  50. 

This  map  exhibits  that  portion  of  the  city  below  8~th  street  on  a 
large  and  uniform  scale ;  the  portion  north  o'f  that  street  is  exhibited 
on  a  smaller  scale,  but  is  distinct  and  complete,  being  engraved  on 
steel.  The  ward  lines,  fire  -limits,  &c.,  are  laid  down  with  accuracy^ 
and  in  every  respect  the  map  is  well  suited  either  for  the  office  or  pocket 


PORTRAITS  OF  THE  PRESIDENTS, 

And  Declaration  of  Independence.    1  sheet.    Size,  42  by 
31  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $1  50. 


NEW  MAP  OF  CENTRAL  AMERICA, 

From  the  most  recent  and  authentic  sources  ;  shotring 
the  lines  of  communication  between  the  Atlantic  and 
Pacific  oceans.  One  sheet.    Price,  in  cases,  $0  50* 


MOUNTAINS  AND  RIVERS. 

A  combined  view  of  the  principal  mountains  and  rivers 
in  the  world,  with  tables  showing  their  relative  height«r 
and  lengths.    1  sheet.    Size,  32  by  25  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50* 


A  CHART  OF  NATIONAL  FLAGS 


Each   represented    in   its   appropriate   colors.    1   sheet* 
Si7«,  2S  by  22  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $1  50. 


MAPS,    CHARTS,    BOOKS,    ETC.,  U 


AN  ILLUSTRATED  MAP  01-  HUMAN  LIFE, 

Dednced  from  passages  of  Sacred  Writ.    1  sheet.    Size* 
25  by  20  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $0  73. 


MAP  OF  PALESTINE, 

From  the  latest  authorities :  chiefly  from  the  maps  and 
drawings  of  Robinson  &  Smith,  irith  corrections  and 
additions  furnished  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  £.  Rbbinson,  and 
vrith  plans  of  Jerusalem  and  of  the  journey ings  of  the 
Israelites.    4  sheets.    Size,  SO  by  62  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $S  00. 

This  large  and  elegant  map  of  the  Holy  Land  is  intended  for  the  Sun- 
day-school and  Lecture-room.  It  is  boldly  executed,  and  lettered  in 
large  type,  which  may  be  read  at  a  great  distance.  Both  the  ancient 
and  modem  names  of  places  are  given. 


MAP  OF  PALESTINE, 

From  the  latest  authorities:  chiefly  from  the  maps  and 
drawings  of  Robinson  &  Smith,  with  corrections  and 
additions  furnished  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  £.  Robinson.  2 
sheets.    Size,  43  by  32  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $3  00. 

This  map  is  elegantly  engraved  on  steel,  and  is  peculiarly  ada]jted  to 
family  use  and  the  use  of  theological  students.  It  contains  every  place 
noted  on  the  larger  map,  the  only  diflference  being  in  the  scale  on  which 
it  is  drawn.  While  the  large  map  is  well  suited  for  a  school  or  lectm-e- 
room,  this  is  more  convenient  for  family  use  and  private  study.  Plana 
of  Jerusalem  and  the  vicinity  of  Jerusalem  are  attached.  The  religious 
and  secular  press  throughout  the  country  has  expressed  a  decided 
preference  for  this  map  of  Professor  Robinson  over  all  others  that  have 
ever  been  issued. 


MAP  OF  EGYPT, 

The  Peninsula  of  Mount  Sinai,  Arabia  Petraia,  with  the 
southern  part  of  Palestine.  Compiled  from  the  latest 
authorities.  Showing  the  jonrneyings  of  the  children 
of  Israel  from  Egypt  to  the  Holy  l<and.  1  sheet. 
Size,  32  by  25  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $1  50. 

An  excellent  aid  to  the  Bible  student. 


12  PUBLISHED    BY    J.     H.     C  O  L  T  0  N  . 


NEW  TESTAMENT  MAP. 

A  map  of  the  countries  mentioned  in  the  New  Testament 
and  of  the  travels  of  the  Apostles— with  ancient  and  mod- 
em names,  from  the  most  authentic  sources.  1  sheet. 
Size,  33  by  25  inches.  Price,  mounted,  $1  50* 

"  Its  size,  finish,  distinctness,  fullness,  and  accuracy,  make  it  very  ele- 
gant and  useful.  Sabbath-school  teachers  and  private  Chi-istians,  as 
well  as  theological  students,  may  esteem  and  use  it  with  great  advan- 
tage.   *     *     *    I  own  and  value."  Samuel  H,  Cox,  D.  D. 

"  On  a  scale  neither  too  large  to  be  irawieldy,  nor  yet  too  small  to  be 
accurate,  it  presents  at  a  single  view,  with  great  distinctness,  the  scenes 
of  the  striking  events  of  the  New  Testament,  and  cannot  fail  to  f»ive  to 
those  events  a  greater  clearness,  and  by  presenting  so  plamly  their  lo- 
calities to  throw  over  them  new  interest.  *****  it  seems  to 
have  been  drawn  in  accordance  with  the  best  authorities." 

Erskine  Mason,  D.  D. 

"Valuable  for  accuracy,  beauty,  and  cheapness.  Having  both  the 
ancient  and  modern  names  of  places,  and  being  of  portable  eizc,  it 
would  appear  happily  adapted  for  the  use  of  Sabbath-school  teachers." 

WiUiam  R.  Williams,  D.  D. 

"  I  have  been  much  pleased  with  the  apparent  accuracy,  EBd  the 
beautiful  execution  of  a  map  of  the  countries  mentioned  in  the  New 
Testament,  published  by  Mr.  Colton,  and  think  it  adapted  to  be  useful." 

Stephen  M.  Tyng,  JD.  D. 


GUIDE-BOOK  THROUGH  THE  UNITED  STATES,  &c. 

Travelers'  and  Tourists'  Guide-Book  through  the  United 
States  of  America  and  the  Canadas.  Containing  the 
routes  and  distances  on  all  the  great  lines  of  travel  by 
railroads,  canals,  stage-roads,  and  steamboats,  togeth- 
er with  descriptions  of  the  several  states,  and  the 
principal  cities,  towns,  and  villages,  in  each — accom- 
panied vrith  a  large  and  accurate  map. 

Price,  $1.00. 


ROUTE-BOOK  THROUGH  THE  UNITED  STATES,  &c. 

Travelers' and  Tourists' Route-Book  through  the  Unite 
States   of  America  and  the    Canadas.    Containing  the 
routes  and  distances  on  all  the  great  lines  of  travel  by 
railroads,  stage-roads,  canals,  rivers,  and  lakes,  &c.— 
accompanied  with  a  large  and  accurate  map. 

Price,  $0.75. 


MAPS,    CiiARTb,     GOO  KB.    ETC.  13 


MAP  OF  INEW  E^JGLANOj 

With  portions  of  the  State  of  New  York  and  the  British 
Provinces.    4  sheets.    Size,  64  by  56. 

Price,  mounted— colored  in  counties,  $5.00. 
"  "         colored  in  towns,      $6.00. 

This  is  a  magnificent  map,  engraved  on  steel,  and  exhibits  the  state 
county,  and  town  lines ;  all  the  railroads,  and  other  internal  improve- 
ments,  and  the  general  geography  of  the  country— the  whole  on  a  larger 
scale  than  has  ever  been  published  before.  It  has  also  appended  to  it  a 
separate  map  of  New  Brunswick  and  Nova  Scotia. 


EDDY'S  MAP  OF  CALIFORNIA. 

Approved  and  declared  to  be  the  Omcial  Map  of  the  State 

by  an  Act  of  the  Legislature,  passed  March  25,  1853. 

Compiled  by  William  M.  Edd  y,  State  Sm-vey or  General. 

3  Sheets.    SiSze  53  by  46  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $5  00  ;  in  cases,  S3  00. 

Attthokities.— The  coast  line  from  San  Diego  to  Oregon  and  the 
Harbors,  Bays  and  Islands,  are  from  data  furnished  from  the  U.  S 
Coast  Survey  Office  at  Washington,  and  includes  the  work  of  1852. 

The  Salinas  and  Tulare  Valleys,  the  northern  portion  of  the  Stat6 
embraced  in  part  «f  Siskiyou  and  Shasta  counties,  the  Colorado  Eiver, 
and  that  portion  of  Oregon  shown  on  the  map,  are  from  Surveys  and 
Eeconnoissances  of  the  U.  S.  Topographical  Engineers. 

The  counties  of  Mendocino,  Trinity,  and  Klamath,  are  from  the  map 
of  George  Gibbs,  Esq. 

The  country  from  the  Pacific  to  the  Gila,  is  from  the  map  of  tha 
Boundary  Commissioners. 

The  remaining  portion  of  the  State  is  from  maps  and  sketches 
made  by  the  Surveyor  General,  County  and  other  surveyors,  and  from 
astronomical  observations  under  the  superintendence  of  the  Surveyor 
General,  and  verifications  from  the  U.  S.  Land  Surveys. 

The  Mono  country  is  from  a  sketch  made  by  the  discoverers,  Lieuta 
T.  Moore  and  N.  H.  McLean,  TJ,  S.  Army. 

WM.  M.  EDDY,  State  Surveyor  Qeneral. 

San  Feaitcisco,  March  31st,  1853. 

NEBRASKA  AND  KANSAS. 

New  map  of  Nebnaska  and  Kansas,  exfiibiting  the 
routes,  settieraients,  etc.     1  sheet. 

Price,  @©  38?  in  cases,  ^O  &Q. 


14  PUBLISHED     BY    J.     H.     COLTO:^. 


THE  WESTERN  TOURIST, 

And  Emigrant's  Guide  tbrougli  the  sta^e^  of  Oliio,  Mic6- 
igan,  Indiana,  Illinois^  Missoui'i,  Iowa,  and  Wiscon- 
sin, and  the  territories  of  Minesota,  Missouri,  and 
Nebraska,  being  an  accurate  and  concise  description 
of  each  state  and  territory  ;  and  containing  the  routes 
and  distances  on  the  great  lines  of  travel — accompanied 
'With  a  large  and  minute  map,  exhibiting  the  township 
lines  of  the  United  States'  surveys,  the  boundaries  of 
counties,  and  the  position  of  cities,  villages,  and  set- 
tlements, &;c.  Price,    $0  75t» 


Being  an  account  of  all  Republics,  Empires,  Kingdoms, 
and  Nations,  in  reference  to  their  geography,  statistics, 
commerce,  «&;c.,  together  with  a  brief  historical  outline 
of  their  rise,  progress,  and  present  condition,  t&c,  &c. 
By  Richard  S.  Fisher,  M,  D.  In  two  volumes,  pp.  633- 
727.    (Illustrated  with  maps  and  charts,) 

Price,  $5  00, 

A  CHRONOLOGICAL  VIEW  OF  THE  WORLD, 

Exhibiting  the  leading  events  of  Universal  History ;  th© 
origin  and  progress  of  the  arts  and  sciences,  «fcc. ; 
collected  chiefly  from  the  article  '*  Chronology"  in  the 
new  Edinburgh  Encyclopedia,  edited  by  Sir  David 
Brewster,  EL,.  D.,  F.  R.  S.,  dec. ;  with  an  enlarged 
view  of  important  events,  particularly  in  regard  to 
American  History,  and  a  continuation  to  the  present 
time,  by  Daniel  Haskell,  A.  M.,  American  Editor  of 
McCnlloch's  Universal  Gazetteer,  (fcc.    12mo.  pp.  267. 

Price,  $0  75 

MAP  OF  THE  TERRITORY  OF  MINESOTA, 

Exhibiting  the  Official  Surveys.  Compiled  by  T.  Knauer, 
Civil  Engineer,  &c.  Scale,  6  miles  to  the  inch.  Size, 
32  by  SOinches. 

Price,  mounted,  S2  00 ;  in  cases,  $1  00. 

This  map  contains  all  the  recent  surveys  made  in  the  Territory  by  the 
United  States'  Surveyors,  and  exhibits  with  accuracy  the  base  and  me- 
ridian line?  ;  the  county,  township,  and  section  lines,  and  the  general 
topography  of  the  country,  until  now  so  little  known.  It  is  the  only 
authentic  map  of  the  Territory  ever  published,  and  will  be  invaluabk) 
alike  to  tbe  emigrant  tlie  speculator,  and  the  traveler. 


MAPS,    CHARTS,     BOOKS,     ETC.  15 

PLAN  OF  THE  CITY  OF  NEW  YORK  IN  NORTH  AMERICA. 

SURVEYED  IN  THE  YEARS  1766  AND  1767. 
To  His  Excellency  Sir  Henry  Moore,  Bart.,  Captain- 
General  and  Governor-in-Chief  in  and  over  His  Ma- 
jesty's Province  of  New  York  and  the  Territories  de- 
pending thereon  in  America,  Chancellor  and  Vice- 
Admiral  of  the  Same,  this  Plan  of  the  City  of  New 
York  and  its  Environs,  Surveyed  and  liaid  Down,  is 
Most  Humbly  Dedicated  by  His  Excellency^  Most 
Obed.  Humble  Servant, 

B.  RATZER, 
Lieut,  in  His  Majesty's  60th  or  Royal  American  Rcgt. 
3  sheets.    Size,  44  by  40  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $5  00. 

The  value  of  the  above  map  in  legal  cases  is  sufficiently  attested  by  the 
the  fact  that  the  subscription  list  comprises  the  names  of  all  the  most 
eminent  surveyors  and  lawyers  in  the  cities  of  Nevsr  York  and  Brooklyn. 


THE  STATE  OF  SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

MAP  OF  THE  STATE  OE  SOUTH  CAROLINA, 

Compiled  from  Railroad,  Coast,  and  State  Surveys.    By 

G.   E.  Walker   and  J.   Johnson,   Civil   Engineers.     4 

sheets.    Size,  73  by  57  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $10  00. 

This  map  has  been  compiled  under  the  authority  of  the  Legislature  of 
the  State  of  South  Carolina,  and  is  the  only  map  of  the  State  which,  for 
accuracy  of  delineation  and  minutiae  of  detail,  can  claim  to  be  reliable. 
It  embraces  all  tlie  surveys  made  by  or  under  authority  of  the  local, 
g-overnment,  the  sui-veys  of  the  most  eminent  civil  engineers  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  several  railroad  companies,  and  the  results  of  the  United  States' 
Coast  Survey;  and  for  the  authenticity  of  its  material,  and  the  general 
correctness  of  its  topographical  illustrations,  the  reputation  of  two  of  the 
most  widely  known  and  esteemed  engineers  of  the  State  is  responsible. 
Such  guarantees  for  the  perfection  of  a  state  map  were  never  before 
afforded  to  the  public.  The  map,  in  point  of  minuteness,  stands  ua- 
equalled:  it  exhibits  the  lines  of  all  existing  ra'ilroads,  all  railroads  in 
progress,  and  those  also  which  are  projected,  the  whole  system  of  post  and 
district  roads,  and  all  other  internal  improvements  ;  the  situation  of  cities, 
to\\ais,  villages,  post-offices,  and  the  great  multiplicity  of  other  objects 
usually'found  on  the  best  and  most  elaborate  maps  ;  and  in  point  of  execu- 
tion, its  artistical  merits  are  such  as  to  challenge  the  admiration  of  all 
whose  opinion  is  worth  recording.  The  large  scale  adopted  by  the  authors, 
the  distinctness  with  which  its  great  natural  features  are  depicted,  and 
the  truthfulness  of  its  geographical  context,  adapt  it  peculiarly  to  the 
wants  of  all  interested  in  commerce,  internal  trade,  and  general  busi- 
ness within  the  State ;  and  to  sui-veyors  and  engineers  it  must  supply 
much  that  is  new,  important,  and  valuable  to  facilitate  their  labors  in  the 
field  as  well  as  in  the  office.  No  resident,  indeed,  at  all  interested  in  the 
progress  of  the  State,  can  well  do  without  this  map,  v/hich  so  faithfully 
reflects  the  actual  condition  of  the  country  with  which  he  is  identifieii. 


16  PUBLISHED    BY    J.    H.    COLTOIT. 

COLTON'S  OUTLINE  MAPS, 

ADAPTED  TO  THE  USE  OF 

PRIMARY,   GRAMMAR,   AND  HIGH  SCHOOLS. 


This  new  and  valuable  Series  of  Outline  Maps  comprises — 

A  Map  of  tlie  World,  in  two  hemispheres,  each  80 
inches  in  diameter,  and  separately  mounted. 

A  Map  of  the  United  States,  80  by  62  inches. 

A  Map  of  Europe,  80  by  62  inches,  on  the  same  plan 
with  that  of  the  United  States,  will  complete  the  series. 

THE  MAPS  OF  THE  WORLD 

Are  nearly  q^iadruple  the  size  of  any  others  now  in  use,  and  exhibit 
the  different  portions  of  the  Eai-th's  surface  in  bold  and  vivid  out- 
line, which  makes  them  sufficiently  distinct  to  be  plainly  seen  and 
studied  from  the  most  distant  pai-ts  of  the  largest  school-room.  They 
exhibit  the  physical  features  of  the  World,  and  also  give  an  accurate 
view  of  its  political  divisions,  showing  the  relative  size  of  each,  with 
their  natural  and  conventional  boundaries.  In  the  corners  of  each 
map  there  are  diagrams  which  exhibit  the  elements  of  physical  geogra- 
phy, as  the  parallels,  meridians,  zones,  and  climates — the  latter  by 
isothermal  lines.  There  are  also  appended  two  separate  hemispheres, 
exhibiting  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans  complete,  f>i.c.,  forming  in  all 
eight  different  diagrams,  illustrative  of  the  primary  elements  of  the 
science.  These  appendices  will  greatly  assist  the  teacher  in  his  eluci- 
dations, and  make  tangible  to  the  scholar  the  basis  of  geographical 
tnechanism. 

THE  MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 

Exhibits  the  entire  territory  of  the  Union  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Pacific  Oceans,  and  also  the  greater  portion  of  the  British  Possessions  in 
the  North,  and  the  whole  of  Mexico  and  Central  America,  with  j^art  o. 
the  West  Indies,  in  the  South.  It  has  also  appended  to  it  a  MAP  OP 
THE  NEW-ENGLAND  STATES,  on  a  larger  scale.  The  physical 
and  political  geography  of  this  interesting  region  is  minutely  detailed. 
The  localities  of  the  cities,  and  important  towns,  ports,  and  harbors 
are  denoted  by  points,  and  the  map  generally  has  been  consti'ucted  on 
the  most  approved  principles,  under  the  supervision  and  advice  ot 
several  competent  and  experienced  teachers. 

T^ie  Price  of  these  Maps  is  $5  each 


MAPS,  CHARTS,  BOOKS,  ETC.     17 

UNIFORM  SERIES  OF  TOWNSHIP  MAPS. 

OOLTOWS  NEW  MAP  OF  MISSOURI,  compiled  from  the 
United  States'  Surveys  and  other  authentic  sources.  Scale,  15 
miles  to  the  inch.    Size,  32  by  29  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50;  incases,  $0  75. 


OOLTON'S  RAILROAD  AND  TOWNSHIP  MAP  OP  THE 
STATE  OF  OHIO,  compiled  from  the  United  States  Surveys,  &c. 
Scale,  12  miles  to  the  inch.    Size,  32  by  29  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50 ;  in  cases,  $0  75. 


COLTON'S  TOWNSHIP  MAP  OF  THE  STATE  OF  WIS- 
CONSIN, compiled  from  the  United  States'  Surveys  and  other 
authentic  sources.  Scale,  15  miles  to  the  inch.  Size,  32  by  29 
inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50 ;  in  cases,  $0  75. 


COLTON'S  TOWNSHIP  MAP  OF  THE  STATE  OF  IOWA, 

compiled  from  the  United  States'  Surveys  and  other  authentic 
sources.    Scale,  14  miles  to  the  inch.    Size,  82  by  29  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50 ;  in  cases,  $0  75. 


COLTON'S  RAILROAD  AND  TOWNSHIP  MAP  OF  THE 
STATE  OF  NEW  YORK,  with  parts  of  the  adjoining  States  and 
Canadas.    Scale,  15  miles  to  the  inch.    Size,  32  by  29  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50 ;  in  cases,  $0  75. 


COLTON'S  NEW  RAILROAD  AND  TOWNSHIP  MAP  OP 
THE  STATES  OF  NEW  HAMPSHIRE  AND  VERMONT, 
compiled  from  the  most  recent  and  authentic  sources.  Scale,  9  miles 
to  the  inch.    Size,  32  by  29  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50 ;  in  cases,  $0  75. 


COLTON'S  NEW  RAILROAD  AND  TOWNSHIP  MAP  OP 
THE  STATES  OF  MASSACHUSETTS,  RHODE  ISLAND, 
AND  CONNECTICUT,  compiled  from  the  United  States'  Coast 
Survey  and  other  accurate  and  authentic  sources.  Scale,  9  miles  to 
the  inch.    Size,  32  by  29  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  $1  50 ;  in  cases,  $0  75. 


The  above  series  is  the  most  accurate  and  detailed  of  any  published, 
and  in  all  that  relates  to  railroads  and  other  internal  improvements, 
is  complete  to  the  date  of  publication. 


16     PUBLISHED  BY  J.  H.  COL  TON. 


Map  of  THl  STATc  OF  KENTUCKY, 

Ca&'efulSy  coBispile^I  f^ossa  elio  nsost  authentic  oi*igi> 
£iia.l  Eis»p^,  docuEBScaats,  n.tiH  laaiseelJaiicoiis  inror<t 
luatioea.  :^y  SCdsEseaiiid  F.  ILiCC,  Civil  £:ugiueer. 
3  .^Sseets.     @ize,  7S  hy  48  inches. 

l?rice,  mcuBited,  $6  OO. 

This  is  the  largest  and  most  detailed  map  of  the  prosperous  State  ot 
Keutucky  over  published,  and  the  production  of  one  of  the  most  ac- 
complished civil  engineers  of  the  Union.  It  contains  the  minute  topog- 
raphy of  the  State ;  the  location  of  all  cities,  towns,  villages,  and  post- 
ofiSces;  the  railroads  and  other  lines  of  ti-avel,  with  the  distances 
between  places;  the  boundaries  of  counties;  geological  diagrams, 
elevations,  etc.,  and  statistical  tables  of  agriculture,  population,  etc. 
It  is  peculiarly  adapted  to  ihe  purposes  of  all  interested' in  the  actual 
condition  of  the  State,  its  Internal  improvements  and  general  condi- 
tion; and.  as  an  accurate  and  reliable  map  has  no  competitor. 


r^AP  OF  THE  STATE  OF  GEORGIA, 

CoBupilcd  fi'om  oMcia!  imd  aisthesatic  sources.     IBy 
Wis).  &.  !3o2auer,  Civil  ISfisgiueep.      1  sheet.     Size, 

36  by  19  inches.  S?rice,  iia  cases,  ^O  75. 

This  map  is  a  reduction  of  the  large  mnp  of  Georgia  by  the  same 
author,  and  contains  all  the  peculiar  features — detail,  accuracy,  and 
beauty— of  the  original.  Eoads  of  all  descriptions,  the  proper  location 
of  towns,  the  county  lines,  including  those  of  the  thirteen  new  coun- 
ties erected  in  1854,  are  laid  down ;"  and  the  State  throughout  is  repre- 
sented faithfully  as  it  exists  at  the  present  time.  The  traveler  will  find 
this  map  to  be  a  true  guide  to  the  localities  he  may  wish  to  visit. 


THE  EUROPEAN  BATTLE  FIELDS. 

UKap  of  Europe  ;  together  with  a  large  plan  of  the 
Black  Sea  and    E^s^sissbiaat    E*r©vimces.      1   sheet 

Size,  30  by  34  SMchee. 

f  rice,  mouaitod,  $1  25  ;  iss  cases,  $0  50  ; 
in  sheets,  $0  37. 

This  map  has  been  provided  with  the  view  of  exhibiting  the  progress 
of  the  Kusso-Turkish  war.  It  contains  a  large  amount  of  information^ 
and  will  be  found  better  adapted  to  its  special  object  than  any  other 
that  has  been  published. 


MAPS,     ClIAKTS,     BOOKS,     ETC. 


19 


MAP  OF  THE  WESTERN  STATES; 

Via.,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Michigan,  Illinois,  Kentucky,  Mis- 
souri, Iowa,  and  the  Territories,  exhibiting  the  base, 
Kieridian,  and  township  lines  of  the  United  States  sur- 
veys; the  lines  of  the  counties;  the  general  geography 
of  the  country ;  the  railroads,  canals,  and  other  roads  ; 
the  location  of  cities,  villages,  and  post-offices-,  etc.,  etc.: 
compiled  from  the  most  recent  and  accurate  sources. 
Engraved  on  steel.    Size,  48  by  36  inches. 

Price,  mounted,  S3.00;  and  in  portable  form,  Sl.50. 
This  Map  of  the  Western  States  is  the  largest,  most  accurate,  and  at  the 
same  time,  the  most  convenient  that  has  hitherto  been  published  It  em 
braces  the  great  features  of  tlie  country,  and  exhibits,  at  one  view  the 
Dearing  and  importance  of  its  relative  parts.  No  one  interested  in  the  de 
velopment  of  the  West  can  vi^ell  dispense  with  so  elaborate  a  portraiture 
ot  Its  surlace  ;  and  it  will  be  equally  interesting  and  useful  for  counting- 
iiouse  reference  as  it  must  be  for  the  trader,  traveler,  immigrant,  or 
resident,  for  which  classes  of  our  citizens  it  has  been  especially  desi-Tied 
In  coiripiling  this  great  work,  it  has  been  a  chief  object  to  liave  afl  the 
lines  of  travel,  by  railroad,  canal,  or  otherwise,  laid  down  accurately  and 
in  furtherance  ot  this  object,  the  assistance  of  the  engineers  of  the  severaf 
works  has  been  obtained,  and  the  lines  have  been  traced  from  the  oriirinal 
surveys  by  the  surveyors  of  each  respectively.  In  this  respect,  no  formei 
map  of  the  West  has  any  pretence  to  accuracy,  and  hence  this  publication 
claims  preference  with  those  wiio  desire  to  acquaint  themselves  thorouo^hlv 
with  the  country  delineated,  and  its  means  ot  intercommunication       ° 


IN'EW  SERIES  OF  MAPS  FOR  TRAVELERS. 

This  series  embraces  maps  of  each  of  the  United  States,  of  the  several 
British  Provinces,  and  of  Mexico,  Central  America,  and  the  West  Indies 
exhibiting  with  accuracy  the  railroads,  canals,  stage  routus,  &c  also  the 
principal  cities,  and  other  objects  of  interest,  i^n  appended  diagrams 


cts. 


Alabama, 

Arkansas,  38 

California,  50 

Canada  East,  33 

Canada  West,  33 
Central  America,  50 

Connecticut,  38 
Delaware  and 

Maryland,  38 

Florida,  38 

Georgia,  88 

Illinois,  88 

Indiana,  -,  88 

Iowa,  33 
Kentucky  and 

Tennessee,  83 


Lake  Superior,  38 
Louisiana,  88 

Maine,  38 

Massachusetts  and 

Rhode  Island,  38 
Mexico,  50 

Michigan,  IJorth,  38 
Michigan,  South,  88 
Minesota,  83 

Mississippi,  83 

Missouri,  38 

JNTew  Brunswick, 

Nova  Scotia,  &c.  38 
Wew  Hampshire,  38 
If  ew  Jersey,  88 


CTS, 

New  Mexico  and 

ntah,  50 

Hew  York,  88 

North  Carolina,     88 
Ohio,  88 

Oregon  and  Wash- 


ington Ter., 
Pennsylvania, 
Rhode  Island, 
South  Carolina, 
Texas, 
Vermont, 
Virginia, 
West  Indies, 
Wisconsin, 


50 


50 


20  PUBLISHED     BY     J.     H.     COLTON. 

NEBRASKA  AND  KANSAS, 

Exhibiting  the  netv  Territorial  boundaries,  Indian 
clnims,  lines  of  travel,  to'tvus,  etc.,  together  trith  a. 
map  of  the  iaev»'  Territory  sonth  of  the  Oita  Biver. 

Size,  30  by  34  inches.         Prices,  mounted,  Si  33; 
in  cases,  $0  30  ;  in  sheets,  $0  37. 


MAP  OF  THE  COUNTRY  12  MILES  AROUND 
THE  CITY  OF  NEW  YORK, 

With  the  names  of  property-holders,  «fcc.,  from  an  en- 
tirely new  and  accurate  survey.  By  J.  C.  Sidney. 
3  sheets.    Size,  40  by  40  inches. 

Price,  mounted  or  in  cases,  $3  00. 


WESTERN  POBTRAITURE; 

And  Emigrants'  Guide :  a  Description  of  Wisconsin, 
Illinois,  and  Iowa,  with  Remarks  on  Minnesota  and 
other  Territories.  By  Daniel  S.  Curtiss.  In  1  vol 
13mo.  pp.  360,  (illustrated  with  a  township  map.) 

Price,  $1  00. 
Actual  observation  and  great  experience  are  the  bases  of  this  work ; 
and  in  language  and  incident  it  has  much  to  interest.  It  treats  of  the 
«'  Great  West,"  its  scenery,  its  wild  sports,  its  institutions  and  its  chai-ac- 
teristics,  material  and  economic.  In  tiiat  portion  devoted  to  statistical 
illustration,  the  topography  of  sections  and  the  adaptation  of  localities 
to  particular  branches  of  industry  occupy  a  large  space :  the  geology, 
soil,  climate,  powers  and  productions  of  each  are  considered,  and  their 
allied  interests,  their  retpective  values  and  destinies,  and  their  present 
conditions,  are  accurately  described. 

N.  B.— A  German  edition  of  the  *' Western  Portraiture" 
has  also  been  issued,  and  will  be  found  of  essential  advan- 
tage to  Immigrants  from  the  *'  fatherland,"  as  it  contains 
all  the  information  necessary  for  their  gaining  a  luiowl- 
edge  of  the  states  to  which  German  immigration  Is  chiefly 
directed.    It  contains  an  excellent  to^vnship  map. 

Price,  bound,  $0.73;  in  covers,  $0.50. 


MAP  OF  THE  PROVINCES  OF  NEW  BRUNSWICK,  NOVA 
SCOTIA,  AND  NEWFOUNDLAND, 

And  parts    of  the   country  adjacent   thereto.     1  sheet. 
Size,  18  by  15  inches. 

Price,  in  cases,  $0  38. 


PUBLISHED    BY    J.     H.     COLTON.  21 

A  STATISTICAL  ACCOUNT  OF  AMERICA; 

Being  a  description  of  the  geography^  resources,  indns- 
try,  inncltutions,  and  other  interests  pertaining  to  the 
several  governments  and  nations  thereof.  By  Richard  S. 
Fisher,  M.D.,  author  of  the  "Book  of  the  World,"  aitd 
ether  statistical  works.  (Not  yet  complete.)  1  vol.  Svo. 
PI).  40«;>.  Price,  bound,  $2.00, 

This  elaborate  work  represents,  in  the  tangible  form  of  fisures  and  de- 
scriptions, all  the  great  interests  which  make  and  distinguish  nations.  It 
comprises  among  its  subjects  the  geography,  geology,  and  natural  resourcos 
of  all  the  countries  of  North  and  South  America,  and  full  statistical  details 
of  the  population,  industry,  and  general  condition  of  each.  It  is  a  worit 
•which  every  American  needs— sufficiently  detailed  in  all  its  departments 
for  the  utilitariaw,and  in  its  style  and  general  character  not  too  elaborate 
for  the  college  or  school  library.  By  the  student  it  may  be  used  as  a  sequel 
to  his  geographical  studies,  and  it  is  perhaps  surpassed  by  no  other  work- 
in  its  adaptation  for  the  family  circle,  as  it  combines  with  its  subjects  much 
striking  and  instructive  information  resnecting  the  original  inhabitants, 
the  antiquities,  and  curiosities  of  the  continents  to  which  its  descriptions 
specially  refer.  No  one,  indeed,  who  is  possessed  of  the  maps  of  America, 
ousht  to  be  without  this  wqrk,  which  so  lucidly  fills  up  the  outlines  they 
depict. 

THE  NATIONS  OF  THE  WORLD; 

Being  a  general  description  of  all  nations  and  countiies, 
their  geogi*aphy,  resources,  industryj  and  institutions ; 
together  with  a  brief  histor>-  of  their  rise,  progi-ess,  and 
present  condition.  By  Richard  S.  Fishei*,  M.D.,  author 
of  the  "  Book  of  the  World,"  and  other  statistical  woriis. 
(Not  yet  complete.)    3  vols.  Svo.    pp.  400,  416. 

Price,  bound,  S3.50. 
This  IS  a  work  of  universal  utility  and,  from  its  accuracy  of  detail,  must 
become  a  standard  in  geographical  literature.  It  contains  a  full  resume 
of  all  the  great  interests  of  nations,  and  describes,  in  concise  language,  the 
distinguishing  features  of  the  families  of  mankind,  their  origin,  languages, 
customs,  religions,  pursuits,  and  characters.  The  vast  amount  of  statis- 
tical information  it  contains  has  been  derived  from  the  most  recent  and 
authentic  sources— principally  from  official  documents  referring  to  the 
year  1850,  and  hence,  from  the  uniformity  of  the  statistical  series  used  ia 
Its  compilation,  comparison  is  more  easy,  and  the  results  more  lucidly  por- 
trayed. As  a  text-book  for  colleges  and  high  schools,  or  as  a  work  of  refer- 
3nce  in  public  and  private  libraries,  it  is  invaluable,  and  in  many  respects 
its  superiority  as  a  "  book  for  the  people"  generally  is  too  apparent  to  be 
mistaken.  It  is  in  fact  a  companion  to  the  Map  of  the  World.  It  describes 
w  lie  re  the  map  deniarks,  and  malces  apparent  to  the  mind  what  the  latter 
rally  typifies  to  the  eye. 

INDIAINA; 

Its  geography,  statistics,  institutions,  county  topography, 
&c.:  compiled  from  official  and  other  authentic  sources* 
By  Richard  S.  Fisher,  M.  D.,  author  of  the  "  Book  of  the 
World,"  and  other  statistical  works.  With  a  sectional 
Tnap  of  the  State.    1  vol,  I'^mo.    pp.  I^S.     Price,  S3.00. 


22     PUBLISHED  BY  J.  H.  COLTOW. 


MAP  OF  THE  SOUTHERN  STATES; 

Viz.,  Maryland,  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  South  Carolina, 
Georgia,  Florida,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisiana,  Tex- 
as, Arkansas,  Missouri,  Tennessee,  and  Kentucky :  con- 
stracted  from  authentic  materials.  4  sheets.  Size,  64  by 
43  inches. 

Price,  mounted  and  colored,  ^6.00. 

This  map  is  engraved  on  steel.  It  is  undoubtedly  the  best  and  most 
elaborate  map  of  the  southern  section  of  the  UnitecT  States,  and  exhibits 
with  accuracy  all  the  civil  and  political  divisions;  the  lines  of  railroads, 
and  other  works  of  internal  improvement ;  the  United  States  surveys  in  the 
laad  states,  and  a  great  mass  of  other  information.  Such  a  work  the  South 
has  long  wanted. 


TOWNSHIP  MAP  OF  THE  STATE  OF  MAINE, 

Exhibiting  the  railroads,  and  other  internal  improvcmentSt 
3  sheets.    Size,  43  by  37  inches. 
l*rice,  colored  in  to-wns,  $3;  in  counties,  $3  50 

in  cases,         ^1  SO* 

This  splendid  map  is  en<graved  on  steel,  colored  handsomely,  and  moimted 
in  the  best  style.  It  is  the  largest  and  most  complete  map  of  the  state  it 
represents  that  has  hitherto  been  published,  and  exhibits  distinctly  all  the 
civil  divisions,  internal  improvements,  &c.,  with  great  accuracy  and  con- 
ciseness. In  its  compilation  the  assistance  of  officers  of  the  United  States 
Coast  Survey  has  contributed  much  to  the  value  of  its  representation  of 
the  seaboard  districts. 


GUIDE-BOOK 
THROUGE  THE  NEW  ENGLAND  AND  MIDDLE  STATES. 
Traveler»s  and  Tourist's  Guide-Book  through  the  New 
England  and  Middle  States,  and  the  Canadas.  Con- 
tahilng  the  routes  and  distances  on  all  the  great  lines 
of  tr.ivel,  by  railroads,  canals,  stage-roads,  and  steam- 
boats, together  with  desciiptions  of  the  several  states, 
and  t!ie  principal  cities,  to^vns,  and  villages  in  each— 
acconipsaied  vrith  a  large  and  accurate  map. 

Price,  $0.75. 

MAP  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES, 

The  Canadas,  &c.,  showing  the  railroads,  canals,  and 
gtage-roads,  with  the  distances  from  place  to  place. 
Size,  S8  by  3'^  iuches.  Price,  in  cases,  S0.f;3. 


MAPS.    C  H  A  li  T  S  ,     BOOKS,    ETC.  23 


STATISTICAL  MAP  OF  THE  STATE  OF  I^EW  YORKj 

Comprising  all  the  principal  statistics  of  each  county — 
agricultural,  manufacturing,  commercial,  &:c.  By  11. 
S.  Fisher,  M.  D.,  author  of  the  "  Book  of  the  World," 
&c.    1  sheet.    Size,  33  by  26  inches.        Price,  $0  25. 

Useful  to  all  classes  of  our  citizens,  and  indispensable  fo,r  the  informa- 
tiou  of  parties  engaged  in  the  construction  of  railroads  and  other  internal 
improvements,  speculators  in  land,  and  persons  desiguing  to  settle  in  any 
part  of  the  State.  All  the  material  interests  of  the  country  are^plainly 
indicated  in  figui'es  on  the  face  of  the  map,  or  in  the  tables  which  a©- 
eompany  it. 


HORN'S  OVERLAIND  GUIDE 
FROM  COUNCIL  BLUFFS  TO  CALIFORNIA. 

Containing  a  Table  of  Distances,  and  showing  all  the 
rivers,  lakes,  springs,  mountains,  camping  places,  and 
other  prominent  objects  ;  witli  remarks  on  the  country, 
roads,  timbers,  grasses,  t&c,  &c.  Accompanied  by  a 
Map.  Price,  ^0  50. 


CORDOVA'S  MAP  OF  TEXAS, 

Compiled   from  new    and    original  surveys.      4:  sheets. 
Size,  36  by  34  inches. 

Price,  In  cases,  $3  OO. 

This  is  the  only  reliable  map  of  Texas,  and  being  on  a  large  scale, 
exhibits  minutely  and  with,  distinctness  the  natural  features  of  the  State 
and  its  several  political  divisions.  The  following  government  oflacera 
certify  to  its  accuracy  and  completeness. 

"  We  have  no  hesitation  in  saying  that  no  map  could  surpass  this  in 
accuracy  and  fidelity."  David  S.  Kaufman,        Thos.  J.  Rusk, 

S.  PiLSBURY,  Sam.  Houston. 

"  I  certify  to  the  correctness  of  this  map,  it  being  the  only  one  extaa 
that  is  truly  correct."  John  C.  Hays. 


Besides  his  own  publications,  J.H.  C.  has  constantly  on  hand 
a  large  assortment  of  Atlases  and  Foreign  Maps. 

Mounting  in  all  its  forms  carefully  executed  for  the  trade, 
public  institutions,  (Sec. 


24 

A  NEW  AND  COMPLETE 

STATISTICAL  AMD  GEHSEAL  aAlETTEEE 

OF    THE 

UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA, 

FOUNDED   ON   AND    COMPILED   FROM 

Official  Federal  and  State  Eetuma,  and  the  Census  of  1850 

BY  RICHARD  SWAINSON  FISHER,  M.D., 

Author  of  the  "Book  of  the  World;"   "Progress  of  the  U.  States,' 

a  "Statistical  Account  of  America,"  etc.,  etc.  ;  also,  hterary 

editor  of  "  Colton's  American  Atlas,"  and  editor  of 

the  "  American  Railway  Guide." 


The  "  Statistical  Gazetteer"  describes  and  sums  up  all  the 
prominent  and  material  interests  that  make  and  distinguish  the  sev- 
eral political  and  civil  divisions  of  the  country ;  the  physical  peculi- 
arities, the  mineral  and  other  resources,  the  capacities  for  agricuUui-e, 
manufactures,  commerce,  and  other  industrial  pursuits,  and  the  pres- 
ent condition  of  each  section,  in  accordance  with  the  ascertainments 
of  the  Seventh  Census,  taken  in  1850,  and  other  federal  and  state  re- 
turns. Great  attention  has  also  been  paid  to  works  of  internal  im- 
provement. 

In  compiling  this  work,  two  extremes,  noticeable  in  Gazetteers 
hitherto  published,  have  been  carefully  avoided :  the  one  of  which 
has  been  to  give  a  mere  catalogue  of  names ;  and  the  other,  to  select 
for  description  only  such  places  as,  by  their  historical  greatness, 
their  extensive  manufactures,  or  other  special  interests,  have  gained 
a  notorious  position.  This  Gazetteer  notices  each  state,  county,  city, 
village,  and  natural  object,  at  such  proportional  length  as  its  import- 
ance demands,  and  in  that  terse  and  judiciously  compressed  style  so 
desirable  in  books  of  this  description,  excluding  all  irrelevant  detail, 
and  dwelling  only  on  the  most  prominent  and  interesting  features. 
It  thus  commends  itself  to  all  classes,  occupying,  as  it  docs,  a  posi- 
tion between  the  abstruse  and  popular,  retaining  the  precision  of  the 
one,  without  its  detail,  and  the  interest  of  the  other,  without  its 
vagaries.  It  is  an  eminently  ]^actical  work,  and  to  the  commercial 
man,  the  traveler,  and  statist,  must  be  an  indispensable  companion. 

ITie  work  is  published  in  one  volume,  royal  octavo,  containing 
about  960  pages,  and  is  strongly  bound  in  leather. 

Price  Three  Dollars  and  a  half* 


25 

AMEEIGAH  STATISTICAL  AimUAL 
POR  THE  TEAIl  1854-5. 

COMPILED  FKOM  TUB  MOST  AITTnENTIO  SOTIECES 

BY  RICHAED  S.  FISHER,  M.  D.,  AND  CHARLES  COLRT,  A.  M.- 


The  "  American  Statistical  Annual  "  is  a  work  in  v.-hich  are  embodied 
Ihe  detailed  statistics  of  all  American  States,  and  a  summary  of  those  of 
Europe,  Asia,  Africa  and  Australasia.  The  Statistics  represent  the  condi- 
tion of  all  the  interests  of  nations  and  countries  according  to  the  latest 
official  returns,  chiefly  those  made  since  1850.  The  work  is  divided  into 
four  parts. 

Part  First — contains  the  Census  Statistics  of  the  United  States  and  of 
the  States  severally,  and  the  reports  of  the  departments  of  the  govern^ 
raents  of  each,  with  abstracts  of  state  constitutions  and  of  executive  mes- 
sages ;  and  among  a  multiplicity  of  other  matters  of  interest  will  be 
found  a  correct  list  of  colonial  and  constitutional  governors,  the  statistics 
of  asylums  for  the  deaf  and  dumb,  blind,  and  insane  ;  school  statistics  ; 
the  financial  condition  of  states  :  statistics  of  navigation  and  commerce, 
domestic  and  foreign  ;  accurate  lists  of  railways,  canals,  telegraphs,  etc.  ; 
statistics  of  colleges,  universities,  theological  schools,  medical  schools, 
law  schools,  and  scientific  schools  ;  and  statistical  information  relative  to 
every  interest  of  the  states  described.  This  division  indeed  contains  a 
faithful  review  of  the  present  condition  of  the  Union  and  its  component 
States. 

Part  Second — is  devoted  to  the  States  of  Central  and  South  America,  and 
contains  the  latest  statistics  relative  to  their  condition.  In  its  compila- 
tion the  assistance  of  the  ministers  of  tlie  several  states  resident  at  Wash- 
ingt(m  lias  been  sought,  and  thus  entire  accuracy  has  been  attained.  No 
part  of  America  has  hitherto  been  so  little  known  in  this  country  as  these 
states,  and  iieuce  tlie  information  collected  from  such  sources  will  be  pe- 
culiarly valuable. 

Part  Third — describes  Colonial  America,  and  contains  a  vast  fund  of 
authentic  information  relative  to  the  Russian,  Danish,  British,  Dutch, 
French,  Spanish  and  Swedish  possessions,  never  before  published.  The 
late  census  of  tlie  British  Colonies  are  chief  features  in  this  part  cf  the 
v/ork,  and  for  these  and  many  other  valuable  documents  the  authors  are 
greatly  indebted  to  the  governors  of  the  several  dependencies.  The 
Dutch  and  Danish  censuses  are  also  given. 

Part  Fourth — contains  extensive  statistics  of  trans-Atlantic  States  in 
tabular,  form  chiefly  respecting  the  extent,  population,  finances,  armed 
force,  military  and  naval,  merchant  Tnarine,  railways,  etc.,  of  each.  Tho 
conciseness  of  these  statistics,  which  are  all  of  the  latest  d&tes,  makes 
them  of  great  value  for  ready  reference. 

So  extensive  a  work  on  statistics  has  never  before  been  attempted  ;  nor 
has  such  a  variety  of  interests  ever  been  brought  together.  The  merchant, 
the  scholar,  the  minister  of  the  gospel,  the  physician,  and  indeed  every 
class  of  society  will  find  in  it  something  of  importance  relative  to  his  indi- 
vidual profession.  The  economist  will  appreciate  it  as  a  book  of  facts,  and 
refer  to  it  in  his  arguments  against  the  sophist;  and  to  no  class  cf  per- 
sons can  it  be  of  more  value  than  to  editors  of  newspapers,  whose  atten- 
tion  is  frequently  too  closely  confined  to  matters  which  preclude  the  pos- 
sibility of  research  for  a  wanted  fact,  but  which  the  index  of  this  volume 
will  readily  discover. 

The  work  is  handsomely  printed,  in  fine  type,  and  contains  as  mncli 
mattei  as  three  ordinary  volumes  of  the  same  size. 

Price,  @i.50  bound  half  clotli,  leather  back. 


26 

GEOGRAPHY  AND  JIISTOKY  COilBlNED 
In  1  vol.,  4to,  with  80  Majjs  and  200  Engravings, 

EntiUed 

COMPEEHENSIYE  GEOGRAPHY  AND  HISTORlf, 

Ancient  aixtJ  i[^otJ£rn. 

BY  S.  G.  GOODRICH, 

AUTHOE  OF  parley's  TALES  AND  PICTORIAL  mSTOKIES. 


This  work  contains  272  quarto  pages,  equal  to  1,000  (?ommon  12tno  pagea. 
It  is  the  most  complete  and  comprehensive  work  for  the  daily  use  ofFanii 
lies,  Merchants,  Editors  of  papers.  Lawyers,  Postmasters,  Emigrants,  &c. 
tliat  has  ever  appeared.  It  contains  the  Geography  and  History  of  every 
country,  including  the  new  census  of  the  United  States  ;  it  gives  tlie  sit 
uation  and  population  of  over  5,000  cities,  towns,  and  villages  ;  the  mate- 
rials are  all  arranged  in  the  most  convenient  order,  and  a  copious  index 
serves  as  a  guide  to  the  history  and  geography  of  the  most  remarkable 
places  in  the  world.  This  work  has  received  tlie  highest  commendation 
at  the  hands  of  scientific  men  iu  America  and  Europe.  (Price,  hall 
bound  $2  00,  cloth  gilt  $3  00, 

From  the  Washington  Republic,  May  5,  1853. 

"This  work  belongs  to  the  utilitarian  class,  and  will  doubtless  take  a 
permanent  place  in  the  higher  schools,  and  in  reading  families  generally. 
It  is  much  more  extensive  than  ordinary  school  treatises,  as  it  includes 
.some  270  quarto  pages  crowded  with  matter,  and  containing  as  much  as 
two  common  8vo.  volumes.  It  is  also  illustrated  with  numerous  engrav- 
ings on  wood,  and,  what  is  more  important,  with  80  maps,  plans  ol 
cities,  &c. 

"  It  may  be  a  question  whether  it  is  best  to  study  history  with  geogra- 
phy, at  the  outset;  but  in  a  more  advanced  stage  of  study,  tliere  can  be 
no  doubt  that  it  is  desirable  at  least  to  review  geography  in  immediate 
connection  with  history.  This  work  is  prepared  with  this  view,  and  its 
introduction  into  the  higher  seminaries  will  prove  a  great  advantage  to 
education. 

"  But,  after  all,  the  work  strikes  us  as  likely  to  be  most  useful  in  fami- 
lies, and  to  general  readers,  inasmuch  as  it  furnishes  a  very  full  outline 
of  geography  and  history,  with  descriptions  of  country,  so  clear  and  dis- 
tinct as  to  divest  both  of  these  subjects  of  the  mists  which  usually  attend 
them  in  the  mind.  They  are  rarely  studied  from  the  beginning  in  a 
proper  manner,  and  hence  there  are  certain  labyrinths  into  which  almost 
every  one  habitually  strays  in  approaching  them.  In  the  present  work, 
by  a  systematic  arrangement,  and  especially  by  the  use  of  numerous 
maps,  ancient  and  modern,  placed  in  immediate  contiguity  with  the  text 
the  various  topics  are  presented  in  a  manner  so  lucid  as  not  only  to  pre 
vent  new  errors  and  correct  old  ones,  but  at  the  same  time  to  render  sub- 
jects interesting  which  might  otherwise  be  unattractive. 

"  Beside  all  this,  for  general  reference  the  work  in  question  is  exceed- 
ingly convenient,  and  will  often  save  the  trouble  of  consulting  various 
sources  of  information.  Take,  as  an  example,  the  subject  of  Germany 
with  its  divisions  and  subdivisions.  In  order  to  find  the  history  and  ge- 
ography of  these  countries,  as  given  in  the  book  before  us,  it  would  be 
necessary  to  consult  at  least  half  a  dozen  volumes 

"  In  regard  to  countries  whose  history  go  back  to  antiquity,  the  advan- 
tage is  even  greater.  The  view  given  of  the  Roman  empire  in  connection 
with  the  Greek  empire,  fumislies  an  example  of  the  remarkably  clear 
manner  m  which  the  anthor  has  contrived  to  treat  geographical  and  his- 
torical topics. 

"  We  consider  the  work,  as  a  whole,  to  be  an  excellent  one,  marking  a 
grreat  advance  in  the  art  of  preparing  books  for  popular  use,  and  deserv- 
ing therefore,  iiniversal  encouragement  " 


27 
KEW  PHYSICiVL  MD  POLITICAL  ATUSES. 


AMERICAM  ATLAS, 

Illastrating  the  Physical  and  Political  Geography  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  the  British  Provinces,  Mexico, 
Central  America,  the  West  Indies,  and  8011th  America: 
constructed  from  official  surveys  and  other  authentic 
materials. 

The  "  American  Atlas"  contains  separate  maps  of  every  state  and  coim 
try  of  North  and  South  America,  and  the  West  Indies,  engraved  in  ths 
most  elaborate  style,  and  colored  so  as  to  distinguish  readily  the  civil  and 
political  divisions  of  each.  The  work  embraces  about  55  maps  in  imperial 
folio,  and  each  map  is  accompanied  with  a  letter-press  descripticm  of  the 
country  it  may  represent;  exhibiting,  in  a  condensed  form,  all  its  great 
interests,  industries,  and  institutions. 

Price,  $15»00;  or  -vvithout  letter-press,  $12.50. 

ATLAS  OF  THE  WORLD, 

ilJastrating  Physical  andPolitical  Geography:  constructed 
from  official  surveys  and  other  authentic  materials. 

The  "  Atlas  of  the  World"  contains  all  the  maps  and  letter-press 
comnrised  in  the  American  Atlas,  with  the  addition  of  between  50  and  61) 
maps  and  descriptions  of  the  several  countries  of  Europe,  Asia,  Africa, 
and  Oceanica,  and,  in  every  respect,  is  got  up  in  the  same  SDlendid  style, 
and  with  the  same  regard  to  authenticity  and  correctness. 

Price,  Sa4.00;  or  without  letter-press,  $30.00. 

The  maps  contained  in  the  above  elaborate  works  have  been  dra\vn  under 
the  superintendence  of  an  accurate  and  accomplished  geographer,  and  con- 
tain, besides  the  usual  geographical  outlines,  true  representations  of  all 
works  of  internal  improvement,  the  lines  of  public  surveys,  and  a  great 
mass  of  other  valuable  information. 

The  descriptive  portions  of  the  work  are  written  by  Du.  R.  S.  Fishee, 
author  of  the  "  Book  of  the  World,"  and  other  statistical  works.  These 
descriptions  embrace  all  the  geographical,  geological,  and  statistical  infor- 
mation incident  to  the  countries  to  which  they  refer;  and  also  an  outline 
of  their  institutions,  political,  religious,  and  intellectual.  In  the  compila- 
tion of  this,  as  in  all  other  departments  of  the  works,  the  most  recent  and 
a.utlientic  materials  have  been  used,  and  the  whole  forms  a  convenient  and 
reliable  source  of  information  touching  the  subjects  treated  of. 

Works  such  as  the  above  have  long  been  demanded  by  the  enlightened 
portion  of  the  American  public.  For  many  years  extraordinary  advancea 
have  been  made  in  geograpliical  science ;  discoveries  of  the  highest  im- 
portance iiave  been  effected;  regions  before  comparatively  unknown  have 
been  explored,  and  their  physical  characteristics  ascertained  with  greater 
or  less  minuteness;  and  on  every  side  man  has  been  actively  engaged  in 
acquiring  information,  v/hereby  to  extend  the  sphere  of  civilization  and 
commerce.  None  of  the  important  facts  developed  by  these  movements 
are  to  be  found  in  the  old  atlases,  and  hence  the  necessity  for  entirely 
new  works,  embracing  all  the  results  that  have  been  obtained  from  the 
sources  indicated.  The  atlases  above  named  supply  this  necessity,  and  in 
their  maps  and  descriptions  tlie  world,  as  known  at  the  present  time,  is  rep- 
resentee! with  faithfulness  and  accuracy;  and  the  vast  amount  of  itiforma- 
tion  collected  by  explorers,  travelers,  and  others,  existing  until  now  in 
forms  accessible" only  to  the  few,  are  incorporated  into  these  pages.  Every 
effort  has  been  used  by  tiie  publisher  to  furnish  to  the  world  works  that 
Bhall  be  creditable  alike  to  the  genius,  learning,  and  mechanical  skill  of 
America,  and  superior  in' every  respect  to  any  like  productions  of  the 
pwss,  either  of  this  country  or  Europe.  Their  utility  is  not  limited  to  any 
jiffiss,  but  IS  co-exlensive  with  the  sphere  of  civilized  'lumanity. 

18 


28 
LIST  OF  MAPS 

CONTAINED  IN 

COLTON'S   ATLAS   OF  THE   WORLD. 


Vignette  Title. 

Heights  of  Mountains. 

Lengths  of  Rivers. 

j  Comparative  size  of  Lakes. 

\        "  "       Islands. 

Physical  Maps  of  the  World.  (2  Maps.) 


8,  9.  World   on   Mercator's  Projection. 
{Doiihle) 

10.  World,  Eastern  Hemisphere. 

11.  "      Western  " 

12.  Northern  Eegions. 

13.  Southern  Regions. 

14.  North  America. 

15.  British  Possessions  in  N.  America. 

16.  New  Briinswick,  Nova  Scotia,    and 

Newfoundland. 

17.  Lower  Canada  and  New  Brunswick. 

18.  Upper  Canada. 

19.  20.  United  States.     {Double.) 

21.  Maine. 

22.  New  Hampshire. 

23.  "Vermont. 

24.  Massachusetts  and  Khode  Island. 

25.  City  of  Boston. 
2G.  Connecticut. 

27.  New  York. 

28,  29.  N.  York  &  adjacent  cities.  {Double.) 

30.  New  Jersey. 

31.  Pennsylvania. 

32.  City  of  Philadelphia. 

33.  Delaware  and  Maryland. 

34.  City  of  Baltimore. 

So.  Cities   of   Washington   and   George- 
town. 

36.  Virginia. 

37.  North  Carolina. 
South  Carolina. 

City  of  Charleston. 
City  of  Savannah. 

40.  Georgia. 

41.  Florida. 

42.  Alabama. 

43.  Mississippi. 

44.  Louisiana. 

45.  City  of  New  Orleans, 

46.  Texas. 

47.  Arkansas. 

48.  Kentucky  and  Tennessee. 

49.  Ohio. 

.ft  j  City  of  Louisville. 
""•  1  City  of  Cincinnati. 
61.  Indiana. 

52.  Michigan. 

53.  N.  Michigan  and  Lake  Superior. 
64.  lUjuois. 


'■{ 


I   108. 

Whole  miniber  of  Maps.  180,  o?i  109 


J  City  of  Chicago. 

\  City  of  St.  Louis. 

Missoiu-i. 

Iowa. 

Wisconsin. 

Minuesota. 

Nebraska  Territory,  eto. 

Utah  and  New  Mexico. 

California. 

Oregon  and  Washington. 

Mexico. 

Central  America. 

West  Indies. 

South  America. 

New     Granada,     Venezuela,     aacl 
Ecuador. 

Peru  and  Bolivia. 

Brazil  and  Guayana. 

Cliili  and  Argentine  Republic,  Uru- 
guay and  Paraguay. 

Patagonia. 

Europe. 

75.  England.     {Double.) 

Vicinity  of  London. 

Scotland. 

Ireland. 

France. 

Vicinity  of  Paris. 

Spain  and  Portugal. 

Holland  and  Belgium. 

Denmaik.  • 

Germany,  No.  1. 

Germany,  No.  2. 

Germany,  No.  3. 

Italy  (NorthX 

Italy  (SoutlTJ. 

Switzerland. 

Norway  and  Sweden. 

Russia. 

Prussia. 

Austria. 

Turkey  in  Europe. 

Greece  and  the  Ionian  Islands. 

Asia. 

Turkey  in  Asia. 

Palestine. 

Afl'ghanistan,  Belocliistaa,  Tnrtary, 
Arabia,  etc. 

China. 

Japan. 

India. 

East  Indies,  Binnali,  Siam,  etc 

Australia. 

Islands  of  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Africa,  N.  E.  sheet. 

Africa,  N.  W.  slieet. 

Africa,  Southern.         109.  Cuba. 


29 
rO  TEACHERS  AND  SCHOOL  COMMITTEES, 

COLTON  AND  FITCH'S 

AMERICAlf  SCHOOL  GEOGRAPHY. 

U'ow  in  Press. 

J.  H.  Colton  &  Co.  announce  to  th-e  public  that  they  have  in  press  a 
new  system  of  Geography  for  Common  Schools  and  Academies,  which 
they  design  to  issue  during  the  present  year. 

The  wide  spread  demand  for  a  new  school  geography,  and  the  convic- 
tion in  their  minds  that  a  great  improvement  on  those  in  general  use  is 
needed  and  attainable,  have  induced  the  publishers  to  undertake  the  en- 
terprise, and  they  are  resolved  that  no  pains  or  expense  shall  be  spared 
n  making  a  first-rate  work. 

Previously  to  undertaking  the  task  of  preparing  a  new  school  geogra- 
phy, the  author  (Mr.  George  W.  Fitch)  communicated  with  a  great 
number  of  experienced  teachers  respecting  the  defects  of  our  present 
books,  and  the  manner  in  which  the  subject  should  be  treated  in  order  to 
meet  their  approbation.  Profiting  by  the  suggestions  thus  obtained,  as 
well  as  by  his  own  experience  in  teaching,  he  has  sought  to  make  the 
T\-ork  eminently  practical,  and  to  adapt  it  especially  for  use  in  the  school- 
room. 

It  has  been  a  leading  idea  with  the  author,  to  give  particular  promi- 
nence to  the  facts  of  Pliysical  Geography,  and  to  arrange  them  in  such  a 
v/aj^hat  the  learner  may  see  the  relations  they  bear  to  each  other,  and  to 
the  industrial  affairs  of  mankind. 

Great  advancement  has  been  made  in  this  department  of  geograpnical 
science  during  the  past  few  years,  and  the  author  is  not  aware  that  the 
facts  relating  thereto,  with  appropriate  illustrations,  have  ever  been 
systematically  embodied  in  an  American  school-book,  adapted  to  the 
comprehension  of  the  great  mass  of  scholars  in  our  Common  Schools  and 
Academies.  The  author  trusts  that  his  mode  of  treating  this  branch  of 
the  subject  will  meet  the  approbation  of  all  intelligent  teachers. 

The  work  is  to  be  entirely  new,  with  new  maps  and  pictorial  illustra- 
tions throughout.  The  maps  will  be  nearly  two  inches  longer  and  wide*- 
than  those  of  any  existing  school-atlas,  thus  affording  space  for  an  en- 
larged scale,  so  essential  for  the  proper  delineation  of  small  and  populous 
states.  Tliey  will  represent  the  most  recent  surveys  and  explorations, 
and  will  exhibit  the  physical  and  political  divisions  of  the  globe  according 
to  the  most  recent  information. 

E^"  The  Publishers  express  the  hope  that  Teachers  and 
School  Committees  who  contemplate  adopting  a. new  school 
geography,  will  await  the  appearance  of  this  work  before 
Ujal?h:i^  thfiir  selection. 


30 
OUTLMEB  OF  FHfSIOAL  GEOGRAPHY. 

BY  GEORGE  W.  FITCH,  ESQ. 
Illustrated  by  Six  Maps  and  Numerous  Engravings. 


The  Publishers  take  pleasure  in  announcing  that  they  have  now  ready 
the  above  Treatise,  designed  particularly  for  study  in  common  schools 
and  academies,  but  adapted  a'so  for  home  instruction  and  general  read- 
ing. The  particular  attention  of  teachers,  school  committees,  and  others 
is  called  to  this  Avork.  It  is  believed  to  be  the  first  attempt  ever  made 
in  this  country  to  embody,  in  a  separate  treatise,  the  more  prominent 
facts  of  Physical  Geography  in  a  manner  iuteiligil)le  to  the  great  body 
of  pupils  attending  our  schools.  The  scope  of  the  book,  and  its  general 
plan,  may  be  seen  from  the  following  list  of  subjects,  which  are  treated 
of  with  as  much  simplicity  as  possible: 

THELA^fD— Its  Extent  and  Distribution;  Continents;  Islands;  Vol- 
canic Islands;  Coral  Islands;  Mountains;  Mountain  Systems  of  the 
Eastern  and  Western  Continents;  Upland  Plains  or  Table-Lands; 
Lowland  Plants;  Glaciers;  Snow  Mountains  and  Avalanches;  Vol- 
canoes; Volcanic  Eegions  ;  Vesuvius,  Etna;  Earthquakes. 

TuE  Water — Chemical  Composition  of  Water;  Mineral  Springs j 
Cataracts;  Deltas;  Oceanic  and  Continental  Elvers;  Inundations  of 
Elvers;  Eiver  Systems  of  the  yy'"estern  Continent — of  the  Eastern  Con- 
tinent; Lakes  ;  distribution  of  fresh-v/ater  Lakes— of  salt-water  Lakes; 
physical  dififerences  of  Lakes;  the  Ocean;  its  temperature,  color,^and 
depth;  deep-sea  soundings ;  Vfaves;  Tides;  Currents;  Gulf  Stream. 

The  Atmosphere — Composition  of  the  Air — its  properties;  Winds; 
Variable  Winds ;  Permanent  Winds  ;  Trade-Winds ;  Periodical  Winds; 
Monsoons;  Hurricanes;  Moisture;  Clouds;  Eain ;  Snow  and  Hail; 
Climate  ;  causes  which  determine  Climate,  Isotliermal  Lines. 

Organic  Existence— Plants— divisions  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom — 
distribution  of  Plants— Food  Plants ;  Animals— their  Classification ;  dLs- 
Iribution  of  Animals,  Zoological  Eegions  ;  Man— Eaces  of  Men. 
.  The  Appendix  contains  several  articles  relating  to  the  Chief  Produc- 
tions of  Countries ;  the  Exports  of  Countries;  Trade  Eoutes;  Metallic 
Productions,  etc.    Also  list  of  the  Mountains,  Elvers,  etc. 

The  Maps  which  illustrate  the  book  have  been  constructed  with  the 
greatest  care,  and,  though  small  in  scale,  they  Aviil,  it  is  conceived,  be 
found  sufficient  to  give  the  learner  an  accurate  idea  of  the  principal 
features  and  leading  physical  phenomena  of  the  globe.  The  lessons  are 
broken  into  short  sections  or  paragraphs,  so  that  the  work  can  be  used 
as  a  Eeading  Book,  and  questions  are  appended  at  the  bottom  of  the 
pages  for  the  purpose  of  rendering  it  convenient  as  a  manual  of  in- 
struction. 

1  Vol.;  l^iioilecimo,  j^jt.  SS5.     Price  $1  OO. 


31 
COLTON    AND    FITCH'S 

INTERMEDIATE   aSOaEAFHY, 


This  book,  whicli  is  now  being  prepared,  will  be  a  small 
quarto,  and  is  designed  for  that  very  large  class  of  scholars 
in  onr  schools  who  wish  to  learn  the  more  important  facts 
of  Geography,  but  who  have  not  time  to  consult  thoroughly 
a  large  treatise.  The  aim  of  the  author  has  been  to  pre- 
sent in  this  work  such  facts,  and  such  only,  as  every  scholar 
should  understand  before  he  completes  his  term  of  instruc- 
tion. Accordingly,  all  tedious  detail  and  extended  descrip- 
tion are  omitted ;  and  the  learner's  attention  is  confined 
principally  to  the  maps,  from  which  only  correct  and  defin- 
ite impressions  of  locality  can  be  obtained. 

The  Publishers  would  call  the  particular  attention  of 
Teachers  and  others  to  the  Maps  which  illustrate  this  book. 
Every  Teacher  must  have  noticed  that  the  Maps  generally 
put*  into  the  Geographies  for  junior  classes  (commonly  de- 
signated Primary  Geographies),  are  extremely  meagre  and 
imperfect ;  many  countries  are  not  represented  at  all,  and 
those  which  are  exhibited,  are  delineated  on  so  small  a 
scale,  and  are  so  carelessly  drawn,  that  the  impressions  they 
convey  are  of  scarcely  of  any  value. 

The  greatest  possible  pains  are  being  taken  with  the  draw- 
ing and  engraving  of  these  Maps.  They  will  be  very  full 
of  reliable  information ;  the  larger  cities  and  towns  will  be 
in  heavier  lettering  than  the  rest,  so  as  to  arrest  the  atten- 
tion of  the  learner ;  and  they  will  possess  the  additional 
merit,  not  found  in  any  other  similar  book  published  in  this 
country,  of  showing  contiguous  states  and  countries  on  the 
same  scale.  This  is  an  important  desideratum,  and  has 
been  hitherto  entirely  disregarded  in  the  preparation  of 
School  Geographies,  the  consequence  being  that  no  correct 
ideas  of  relative  size  and  dimension  are  obtained,  Other 
improvements  are  being  introduced,  and  the  Publishers 
feel  confident  that  the  Map  illustrations  will  far  excel  thos^ 
of  any  similar  book. 


32 
PROaRESB  OF  THE  UMITED  STATES, 

GEOGRAPHICAL,  STATISTICAL,  AND  HISTORICAL, 

BY  KICHARD  S.  FISHER,  M.D., 

Author  of  the  "  Book  of  the  World,"  tne  "  Statistical  Gazetteer  of  the 
United  States  of  America,"  Literary  Editor  of  Colton's 
"Atlas  of  the  World,"  and  Editor  of  the  "Amer- 
ican Eailway  Guide,"  etc.,  etc. 


A  few  years  posterior  to  the  foundation  of  the  constitutional  govern- 
ment of  the  United  States,  a  census  of  the  population  thereof  was  taken 
under  the  authority  of  Congress  in  accordance  with  a  provision  of  the 
fundamental  law;  and  subsequently  at  the  end  of  each  period  of  tea 
years,  similar  and  successively  more  and  more  minute  censuses  have 
been  instituted.  These  enumerations  have  also  embraced  inquiries 
into  the  social  and  industrial  status  of  the  country,  and  its  resources 
and  wealth  for  the  time  being,  with  such  collaterate  inquiries  as  were 
deemed  important  to  the  determination  of  the  economic  and  political 
relations  of  the  States  constituting  the  Union. 

The  first  national  census  wastaken  in  1790,  and  the  seventh  and 
latest  census  in  the  year  1850.  Intermediate  to  these  decennial  enu- 
merations, the  States  individually  have  likewise  made  numerous  sta- 
tistical inquiries,  which  are  still  being  continued  at  periods  varying  from 
two  to  ten  years. 

These  show  the  progress  of  the  United  States  from  the  first  years  of 
their  aggregate  existence,  and,  in  coimection  with  the  annual  returns 
published  by  the  Slate  and  General  guvernments,  are  the  ground-work 
of  the  statistical  portion  of  the  present  work. 

The  "  Progress  of  the  United  States,"  however,  is  not  confined  alone 
to  a  statistical  analysis  of  the  development  of  the  country.  In  its  pages 
will  be  f>und  a  complete  description  of  its  geography,  both  in  relation 
to  the  States  severally,  and  also  to  the  Union.  The  general  history  of 
the  rise  of  the  colonies,  their  struggles  in  the  cause  of  liberty,  iheir 
transformation  into  independent  governments,  and  their  onward  pro- 
greas,  are  also  summed  np,  and  their  present  relative  condition  and  po- 
sition in  the  Union  fully  illustrated.  The  subjects  more  particularly 
noticed  are  the  mining,  agriculture,  commerce,  and  general  industry  of 
the  States,  their  institutions  of  learning  and  education,  their  religious 
and  moral  institutions,  and,  in  fact,  all  the  great  interests  which  make 
and  distinguish  their  social,  industrial,  and'political  existence.  Such 
are  the  various  subjects  treated  upon  ;  and  certainly  none  can  be  more 
interesting— none  more  useful  to  the  inquiring  citizen.  Without  enter- 
ing into  minute  and  controverted  details,  which  would  extend  his  work 
to  Jiany  volumes,  the  author  has  endeavored  to  exhibit  clearly  and 
trttthfully  the  history  of  events,  their  results,  and  the  high  destiny  that 
awaits  the  future  of  a  country  already  distinguished  among  nations  for 
it?  enlightened  civilization,  and  the  successful  achievement  of  a  posi- 
tioa  second  to  that  of  no  other  nation  of  ancient  or  modern  times. 

In  One  Vol.,  Boyal  8t?o,  pp.  432,  with  Jllustrationa.    Price  $2  50. 


33 

C  O  L  T  O  N '  S 

GEOGRAPHIC    COMEINATIOIT   MAPS, 

DESIGNED  TO  INSTKUOT  AND  AJITTSE 

THE  FAMILY  CIRCLE  AND  PRIMARY  SCHOOL.- 


"  JJUle  ciion  diilceP 


The  series  of  Maps  under  tlie  above  title,  and  whicli  are 
now  in  course  of  publication,  will  viltimately  embrace 
Maps  of  all  countries,  as 

The  ITnited  States S3  50  j  The  World S2  50 

The  Sc'parats  States ....   2001  Foreign  Oonntries 300 

The  design  of  the  Publishers  is  to  furnish  an  agreeable 
and  attractive  method  of  imparting  to  the  young,  at  home 
and  at  school,  a  knowledge  of  Geography,  and  of  blending 
amusement  and  instruction. 

Tiie  several  Maps  composing  this  series  are  dissected  and 
cut  up  into  variform  pieces ;  but  in  such  a  manner  that 
each  piece,  whatever  may  be  its  shape,  has  a  correspond- 
ence with  the  other  parts  of  the  Map  to  which  it  belongs. 
Thus  from  a  score  or  more  separate  and  differently  shaped 
pieces  a  complete  Map  may  be  constructed. 

The  act  of  combining  these  parts  exercises  and  amuses 
the  mental  faculties ;  and  the  study  of  Geography  is  thus 
made  attractive,  and  more  knowledge  of  the  subject  is  ac- 
quired in  one  hour  spent  in  this  intellectual  amusement 
than  a  month  of  hard  book- study  could  insure. 

Every  family  and  district  school  should  have  at  least  one 
copy  of  the  series ;  and  simply  for  the  reason  that  Geogra- 
phy can  not  be  so  effectually  taught  by  any  other  means  ; 
and  many  an  hour  which  a  child  would  otherwise  wear 
away  in  idleness  may  be  saved  to  its  advantage  by  placing 
these  amusing  instructors  within  its  reach. 

Each  ]Map  is  packed  in  a  handsome  book-form  case,  and 
will  form  a  valuable  addition  to  the  family  or  school  library. 


34 
PRESTON'S 

QUARTO  TABLES  OF  IMTEEEST,  j 

AT  FIVE 

,  SIX,  AND  SEVEN  P 

EE 

CENT 

'J 

^980 

\i 

'J 

$1176 

1  g. 

if 

8840 

JS 

.1 

.16 

3 

30 

4.90 

0 

59 

9.63 

6 

88 

14.87 

^ 

Z2 

.b2 

6 

•^;31 

5.06 

3 

-160 

9.80 

0 

^,89 

14.53 

3     I 

r3 

.49 

0 

5.32 

5.22 

6 

5  61 

9  96 

3 

fi  90 

14.70 

0 

4 

.65 

3 

33 

5.39 

0 

62 

10.12 

6 

91 

14.86 

3 

5 

.81 

6 

34 

5.55 

3 

68 

10.29 

0 

92 

15.02 

6 

6 

.98 

U 

35 

5.71 

6 

64 

10  45 

3 

93 

15.19 

0 

T 

1.14 

3 

36 

5.S8 

0 

65 

10.61 

6 

94 

1 5.-35 

3 

8 

1.80 

6 

37 

6.04 

3 

66 

10.78 

0 

95 

15.51 

6 

9 

1.47 

U 

88 

6.20 

6 

67 

1094 

3 

96 

15.6S 

0 

10 

1.63 

3 

89 

6  37 

0 

68 

11.10 

6 

97 

15.84 

3 

11 

1.79 

6 

40 

6.53 

3 

69 

11.27 

0 

93 

16.00 

6 

12 

1.96 

0 

41 

6.69 

6 

70 

11.43 

3 

99 

16.17 

0 

13 

2.12 

3 

42 

G.^Q 

0 

71 

11.59 

(5 

100 

16.33 

3 

14 

2  28 

6 

43 

7.02 

3 

72 

11.76 

0 

110 

17.96 

7 

15 

2.45 

0 

44 

7.18 

6 

78 

11.92 

3 

120 

19.60 

0 

16 

2.61 

3 

45 

7.35 

0 

74 

12.08 

6 

130 

21.23 

8 

IT 

2.77 

6 

46 

7.51 

3 

75 

12.25 

0 

140 

22.S6 

7 

18 

2.94 

0 

47 

7.67 

6 

76 

12.41 

3 

150 

24.50 

0 

19 

3.10 

3 

48 

7.81 

0 

77 

12.57 

6 

160 

26.13 

^ 

20 

3.26 

6 

49 

8.00 

8 

78 

12.74 

0 

170 

27.76 

7 

21 

3.43 

0 

50 

8.16 

6 

79 

12.90 

3 

180 

29.40 

0 

22 

8.59 

3 

1    ^^ 

8.33 

0 

SO 

IS.  06 

g 

190 

31.03 

3 

28 

8.75 

6 

1    53 

8.49 

3 

81 

13.28 

0 

200 

82.66 

7 

24 

3  92 

0 

i    53 

S.65 

6 

82 

18.39 

3 

300 

49.00 

0 

25 

J. '8 

3 

1    54 

8  82 

U 

S3 

13  55 

6 

400 

65.38 

3 

26 

4.'2  I 

6 

!    55 

8.93 

3 

84 

13.72 

0 

500 

81-.66 

7 

27 

4.41 

0 

66 

9.14 

6 

85 

13.88 

8 

600 

98.00 

0 

2S 

4.57 

;.{ 

57 

9.31 

0 

R6 

14  04 

6 

700 

114.38 

3 

29 

4.73 

^1^ 

58 

9.4T 

3 

87 

1421 

0 

800 

130.66 

_  7_ 

_g'  1 

4.90 

(j 

-   5 

24.50 

0 

■^  9 

44.10 

0 

»=-12 

58.80 

0 

^  2 

9.8) 

0 

'-    6 

29.40 

0 

^10 

49.00 

0 

■^24 

117.60 

0 

g  3 

14.70 

0 

.3   7 

84.30 

0 

311 

53.90 

0 

^36 

176.40 

0 

"  4 

19.60 

0 

"  8 

39.20 

0 

Ys.  Ms.    Ds. 

Mixed    2  .  8  .  20    Time. 

35 

Tn!8  comprehensive  work,  now  in  the  course  of  preparation,  will  be 
published  in  1855.  In  comparing  its  capacity  with  other  wo'fks  of  a 
like  character,  we  choose  to  select  one  which  is  the  most  extensively 
known  ;  one  whi'h,  from  the  simplicity  of  its  arrangement,  and  which, 
for  the  fullness  of  extent,  can  not,  but  by  some  originality  of  thought 
and  a  nevcr-tiring  industry,  be  surpassed.  Eowlett  shows  the  interest 
on  each  principal  only  from  one  day  to  sixty-four.  Preston's  new 
work,  as  seen  in  the  example  herewith  exhibited,  shows  the  interest  on 
each  principal  from  one  day  tu  one  hundred  days  inclusive  ;  and  hence, 
as  contained  in  our  specinien  page  opposite,  we  find  the  interest;  at  6 
per  cent,  on  $9S0  for,  say.  95  days  to  be  $15.51-6.  Then,  by  inserting 
the  mills,  Preston  exhibits  a  tenfold  capacity,  Avhich  Eowlett  doers 
not.  Thus  the  interest  from  Preston  on  $980  for  25  days  is  shown  to 
be  $4.08-3  ;  and  on  the  same  sum  for  250  days,  the  interest  is  shown  in 
this  new  work  to  be  $40.83.  Then,  again,  in  this  new  work,  the  inter- 
est on  $9800  for  25  days  is  shown,  in  the  same  identical  spot,  to  bo 
$40.83.  Eowlett  can  not  be  used  in  this  variety  of  form.  To  obtain 
the  interest  from  Eowlett  ou  any  given  sum,  large  or  small,  for  any 
given  number  of  days  above  G4,  we  must  add  two  sums  together,  while 
this  new  work  contemplates  a  relief  from  this  embarrassment.  In  the 
next  place,  this  new  Avork  shows  interest  at  three  different  rates,  five, 
SIX.  and  seven  per  cent.  But  what  gives  to  it  an  incomparable  supe^ 
riority  is,  its  alternate  arrangement,  whereby  we  are  enabled  to  ob- 
tain the  interest  on  any  sum,  'arge  or  small,  for  any  given  term  of  time, 
simple  or  mixed,  without  being  required  in  any  one  case  to  refer  to  more 
than  one  single  column.  Suppose,  for  example,  that  we  want  the  in- 
terest at  6  per  cent,  on  $777.77  for  2  years,  8  months,  and  20  days,  as 
stated  at  the  extreme  bottom  of  the  page.  Now,  we  regard  the  dai/s 
as  representing  dollars.  The  700  days  represent  700  dollars  or  7000 
dollars ;  the  77  days  represent  77  dollars,  and  also  the  77  cents.  The  in- 
terest, then,  for  2  years,  8  months,  and  20  davs  on  $7000  is  $1143.33;  on 
$700  it  is,  in  the  same  spot,  $114.33-3  ;  on  $77  it  is  $12.57-6  :  and  on  77 
cents  it  is,  in  the  same  spot,  1''.  cents  and  5  mills,  etc. ;  total,  $1270.36-4. 
To  obtain  the  interest  from  Eowlett  on  said  sum  for  said  term  of  time, 
requires  us  to  refer  to  two  different  pages  wicZeZ?/  apart,  and  then  to  se^ 
lect  three  amounts  from  each  one  of  those  pages  ;  to  add  them  together, 
and  finally  to  hunt  up  an  illy  aevised  cent  table  at  the  close  of  the  book, 
where,  if  we  have  time,  patience,  and  ingenuity  enough,  we  shall  find 
the  interest  on  the  77  cents.  And  this  niay  also  be  said  of  most  of  all 
the  interest  tables  that  have  been  heretofore  published. 

The  entire  work  will,  when  completed,  probably  contain  about  275 
pages,  embracing  more  than  One  Thousand  Millions  of  principals,  no 
two  of  which  shall  be  alike,  nor  will  there,  in  all  this  vast  comprehen- 
sion, be  any  occasion,  in  any  one  case,  to  refer  to  more  than  one  single 
column,  like  unto  the  one  herewith  presented.  The  work  will  contain 
a  very  convenient  Time  Table,  embracing  222,000  combinations  of 
dates.  It  will  also  contain  one  of  the  best  tables  for  expediting  the  tedi- 
ous process  of  Averaging  Amounts  that  have  ever  been  devised.  And, 
finally,  a  series  of  Exchange  Tables  will  complete  the  volume.  The 
paper,  printing,  and  binding  will  be  of  the  best  quality.  The  specimen 
of  table-work  on  opposite  page  represents  but  one-sixth  of  the  quarto 
page,  that  is,  one  column. 

Price,  $d. 


f 
^  X 


36 

INDEX  TO  CATALOGUE. 


Alabama Page  19 

Africa  (2  sizes) 4 

America,  Central 6,  10 

America,  North   2 

America,  North  and  South . . . ;     2 

American  Atlas 27 

American  School  Geoojraphy..  29 

America,  South  (2  sizes) 8 

American  Staiislical  Annual  .;  25 
American  States  (Stat. Ace.  of)  21 

Aricansas 6,  19 

Asia  (2  sizes) .' 8,  4 

Atlas,  Amerif-an ■.-.   27 

Atlas  of  the  World 27 

Book  of  the  W'.rlJ 14 

I5ritisli  Provinces 4,  6 

Brooklyn 7,  8 

Calif<.ruia 18,  19 

Canada,  East 19 

Canada,  West 19 

Central  America 6, 10, 19 

Chronology  (Haskell's)  . .  ^ 14 

Coiinecticut 7,  IS,  17, 19 

Delaware 19 

i'^gypt)  ^tc 11 

Europe  (2  sizes) 3 

Euronean  Battle  Fields 18 

Florida ." 19 

Geography,Tnterinediate(book)  31 
Geographic  Combination  Maps  33 
Geography.  Physical  (book). ..  30 
Geographv&llisiory (Goodrich)  26 

Georgia.. '. 18,  19 

Human  Life 11 

Illinois 8,19 

Indiana  (3  sizes) 8,  9 

Indiana  (book) 1  21 

Indiana 19 

Iowa 1T,19 

Kentucky 9, 13,  19 

Lake  Superior 19 

Long  Island  (2  sizes) T 

Loufsiana 19 

Maine ; 19,22 

Maryland 19 

Massachusetts t,  13, 17, 19 

Mexico 4,  6,19 

Michigan * 9 

Michigan,  North 19 

Michigan,  South 19 

Minnesota 14, 19 

Mississippi , 19 

Mis-souri 17,19 

Mountains  and  Rlyers. 10 


National  Fl.-igs Page  10 

Nebraska  and  Kansas 13 

New  Erunsw  ick 19,  20 

New  England 7, 13 

New  England  Gnidc-Book 22 

New  Ensiand  and  New  York.     7 

Newfoundland 19,  23 

New  HarHpshire 7, 13,  17,  19 

New  -Jersey 19 

New  Mexico  and  Utah 19 

New  Testament  Map 12 

New  York  (State). ...  6,  13, 17,  19 

New  York  (statistical) 23 

New  York  (city) 7,  8, 10, 15 

New  York  (33  miles  around). .  7 
New  York  (12  miles  around)..  20 

North  America . .     2 

North  Carolina. 19 

Nova  Scotia. 19,  20 

Ohio 17,19 

Oregon  and  Washington 19 

Ovel-land  Guide  (Horn) 23 

Palestine  (2  sizes) 11 

Pennsylvania 19 

Presidenis.  Portraits  of 10 

Proeress  of  the  United  States.  81 

Pvhode  Island 7, 13, 17, 19 

Souih  America  (2  sizes) 3 

South  Carolina... 15,19 

Southern  Slates 22 

Stream  of  Time  (Strauss) 10 

Tennessee 9,  19 

Texas 19,23 

United  States,  etc.  (2  sizes). . .  4,  6 
United  States  and  Canada  ....     5 

United  States  (case) 22 

United  Stales  (outline) 16 

United  States  (Gazetteer) 24 

United  States'  Guide^Book. ...  12 
United  States  (Progress  of)  ...  31 
United  States'  Poute-Book. ...  12 

Utah 19 

Vermont 7, 13, 17, 19 

Virginia 19 

West  Indies 3,  4, 19 

Western  Portraiture 20 

Western  States 9, 19 

Western  Tourist » 14 

Wisconsin 17, 19 

World  (3  sizes) 1,  2 

World  (missionary) 2 

World  (outline) 16 

World,  Book  of  the 14 

World,  Chronology  of 14 


03^